Commit graph

7107 commits

Author SHA1 Message Date
Jouni Malinen
4b8de0c929 DPP: Protocol testing for invalid Peer Discovery Req/Resp values
Extend dpp_test to allow more invalid attribute values to be written
into Peer Discovery Request/Response frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-19 17:15:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f9cf7d03f1 DPP: Protocol testing for invalid Config Attrib Object value
Extend dpp_test to cover a case where Config Attrib Object value is
invalid in Configuration Request frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-19 14:13:20 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3f35ec2dc3 DPP: Protocol testing for invalid DPP Status value
Extend dpp_test to cover cases where DPP Status value is invalid in
Authentication Response/Confirm frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-19 14:13:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9efa531499 DPP: Use helper functions to build Bootstrap Key Hash attributes
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-19 12:41:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
acdf703d50 DPP: Replace custom undefined attr with DPP Status in after-wrapped data
This has the same impact and is needed for some testing needs.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-19 12:32:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
56f24d1da0 DPP: Use a helper function to build DPP Status attribute
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-19 12:27:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
65ecce87fd DPP: Protocol testing for writing invalid I/R Bootstrap Key Hash
Extend dpp_test to cover cases where Initiator/Responder Bootstrap Key
Hash value in DPP Authentication frames is invalid (flip one bit).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-19 11:32:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b6b4226bdd DPP: Protocol testing capability to generate invalid Protocol Key
This extends dpp_test to allow invalid Initiator/Responder Protocol Key
to be written into the Authentication Request/Response frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-19 00:11:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c6eb3e34b6 Stronger GTK derivation routine
If the build include SHA384, use that to derive GTK from GMK. In
addition, add more random bytes bytes to the PRF-X() context data for
longer GTK to reduce dependency on the randomness of the GMK.

GMK is 256 bits of random data and it was used with SHA256, so the
previous design was likely sufficient for all needs even with 128 bits
of additional randomness in GTK derivation. Anyway, adding up to 256
bits of new randomness and using SHA384 can be helpful extra protection
particularly for the cases using GCMP-256 or CCMP-256 as the group
cipher.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-11-18 17:50:09 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
94619905c8 DPP: Fix dpp_test_gen_invalid_key() with BoringSSL
Unlike OpenSSL, BoringSSL returns an error from
EC_POINT_set_affine_coordinates_GFp() is not on the curve. As such, need
to behave differently here depending on which library is used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-18 17:50:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
746c1792ac DPP: Build bootstrapping key DER encoding using custom routine
While the OpenSSL version of i2d_EC_PUBKEY() seemed to be able to use
the POINT_CONVERSION_COMPRESSED setting on the EC key, that did not seem
to work with BoringSSL. Since this is not exactly robust design, replace
use of i2d_EC_PUBKEY() with a custom routine that enforces the DPP rules
on SubjectPublicKeyInfo (compressed format of the public key,
ecPublicKey OID, parameters present and indicating the curve by OID).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-18 17:50:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f2d27ef94c DPP: Use a helper function to DER encode bootstrapping key
This routine was previously implemented twice using i2d_EC_PUBKEY().
There is no need to duplicate that implementation and especially since
it looks like this implementation needs to be replaced for BoringSSL,
start by using a shared helper function for both locations so that there
is only a single place that uses i2d_EC_PUBKEY() to build the special
DPP bootstrapping key DER encoding.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-18 12:14:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c1564149a6 BoringSSL: Add AES support with 192-bit keys
BoringSSL restored the previously removed AES-192 ECB support in ("Add
AES-192 ECB.") commit. Since this is needed for DPP with the P-384
curve, restore support for this through EVP_aes_192_ecb().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-17 21:03:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
edd72f55f8 OpenSSL: Debug message if requested AES key length is not supported
This makes it clearer why some AES operations fail especially with
BoringSSL where the 192-bit case is not supported.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-17 20:59:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5548453a2d BoringSSL: Add DPP special cases regardless of claimed version number
It looks like BoringSSL claims to have OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER for a
1.1.0 version, but it does not provide ECDSA_SIG_set0() or
ECDSA_SIG_get0(). For now, add the helper functions regardless of the
version BoringSSL claims to be. Similarly, include the X509_ALGOR_get0()
workaround unconditionally for BoringSSL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-17 20:44:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f29761297b BoringSSL: Implement crypto_ecdh_init()
BoringSSL does not provide some of the OpenSSL API that was used here,
so update this to use similar design to what was already done with DPP
key derivation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-17 20:41:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7721fe082b BoringSSL: Comment out SSL_set_default_passwd_cb*() calls
It looks like BoringSSL claims to have OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER for a
1.1.0 version, but it does not provide SSL_set_default_passwd_cb*(). For
now, comment out this regardless of the version BoringSSL claims to be.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-17 20:34:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b9dc63c261 BoringSSL: Comment out SSL_set1_sigalgs_list() call
It looks like BoringSSL claims to have OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER for a
1.1.0 version, but it does not provide SSL_set1_sigalgs_list(). For now,
comment out this regardless of the version BoringSSL claims to be.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-17 20:30:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3cfbd3b0f6 BoringSSL: Define RSA_bits() helper
It looks like BoringSSL claims to have OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER for a
1.1.0 version, but it does not provide RSA_bits(). For now, add this
backwards compatibility wrapper for BoringSSL regardless of the version
it claims to be.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-17 20:24:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
27781c0ab5 Allow group cipher selection to be overridden
The new hostapd configuration parameter group_cipher can now be used to
override the automatic cipher selection based on enabled pairwise
ciphers. It should be noted that selecting an unexpected group cipher
can result in interoperability issues and this new capability is mainly
for testing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-17 12:31:41 +02:00
Edayilliam Jayadev
af6614ca10 Fix block comment style in QCA vendor attribute definition
Fix the block comment style issue introduced as part of commit
fbfceef3af ("Add QCA vendor commands for
spectral scan").

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-14 18:55:30 +02:00
tinlin
2115603a45 Add QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_PEER_FLUSH_PENDING
Add sub-command QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_PEER_FLUSH_PENDING to flush
pending packets in firmware. The attributes are listed in enum
qca_wlan_vendor_attr_flush_pending. The QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_PEER_ADDR
specifies the peer MAC address and the QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_AC specifies
the access category of the pending packets.

Signed-off-by: Lin Tingting <tinlin@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-14 18:52:59 +02:00
Zhang Qian
27987b67fa Add new QCA vendor attribute for LL stats
A new vendor attribute QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_LL_STATS_WMM_AC_PENDING_MSDU
is added for vendor sub-command QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_LL_STATS_GET.
This attribute is for pending MSDUs corresponding to respective AC.

Signed-off-by: Zhang Qian <zhangq@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-14 18:48:55 +02:00
Ashok Kumar Ponnaiah
41db74cf76 atheros: Process SAE authentication frames using EVENT_RX_MGMT
This adds support for SAE in AP mode with the atheros driver interface.
EVENT_RX_MGMT includes SAE processing while EVENT_AUTH would require
more changes to make this work.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-14 18:47:07 +02:00
Ashok Kumar Ponnaiah
3d9dd4b772 atheros: Generate EVENT_TX_STATUS events for management frames
This is needed for DPP functionality.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-14 18:44:05 +02:00
Beniamino Galvani
f5b74b966c common: Avoid conflict with __bitwise macro from linux/types.h
Undefine the __bitwise macro before defining it to avoid conflicts
with the one from linux/types.h; the same is done some lines above
when __CHECKER__ is defined. Fixes the following warning:

  In file included from ../src/l2_packet/l2_packet_linux.c:15:0:
  hostap/src/utils/common.h:438:0: warning: "__bitwise" redefined
   #define __bitwise

  In file included from /usr/include/linux/filter.h:9:0,
                   from ../src/l2_packet/l2_packet_linux.c:13:
  /usr/include/linux/types.h:21:0: note: this is the location of the previous definition
   #define __bitwise __bitwise__

Signed-off-by: Beniamino Galvani <bgalvani@redhat.com>
2017-11-14 18:23:47 +02:00
Masashi Honma
4109555ef7 DPP: Fix compiler warning of testing code
../src/common/dpp.c: In function 'dpp_test_gen_invalid_key':
../src/common/dpp.c:5531:10: warning: return makes integer from pointer without a cast [-Wint-conversion]
   return NULL;
          ^

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2017-11-14 18:22:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1d624a0702 Reject PMK-to-PTK derivation with unsupported cipher
There should be no wpa_pmk_to_ptk() calls with the cipher argument
indicating a cipher that is not allowed as a pairwise cipher. However,
it looks like that was possible to happen with wlantest. Check for this
corner case explicitly to avoid generating confusing debug logs.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-14 12:50:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
762fb4f066 DPP: Testing capability to send unexpected Authentication Response
This is for protocol testing to check what happens if the Responser
receives an unexpected Authentication Response instead of Authentication
Confirm.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-13 12:55:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
03abb6b541 DPP: Reject unexpected Req/Resp message based on Auth/PKEX role
This prevents issues where an unexpected message in the DPP
Authentication exchange or PKEX could result in undefined behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-13 12:55:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
95b0104a34 DPP: Retransmit DPP Authentication Response frame if it is not ACKed
This extends wpa_supplicant DPP implementation to retransmit DPP
Authentication Response frame every 10 seconds up to 5 times if the peer
does not reply with DPP Authentication Confirm frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-13 12:35:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c1d3773967 DPP: Stop authentication exchange of DPP_STOP_LISTEN
Previously, this command stopped listen operation immediately, but if
there was an ongoing authentication exchange, a new listen operation was
started. This is not really expected behavior, so stop the
authentication exchange first with this command to avoid restarting
listen operation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-13 12:35:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d1f082644c DPP: Allowed initiator to indicate either role
The new role=either parameter can now be used with DPP_AUTH_INIT to
indicate that the initiator can take either the Configurator or Enrollee
role.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-13 11:45:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f97ace34cb DPP: Support multiple channels for initiating DPP Authentication
This extends wpa_supplicant to iterate over all available channels from
the intersection of what the peer indicates and the local device
supports when initiating DPP Authentication. In addition, retry DPP
Authentication Request frame up to five times if no response is
received.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-13 11:45:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a306ed5a58 DPP: Protocol testing to allow missing attributes in peer discovery
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-06 12:40:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1fafdf1124 DPP: Add DPP_LISTEN and DPP_STOP_LISTEN to hostapd
This is an initial step in allowing non-operating channel operations
with DPP when hostapd is the Responder. For now, this is only used for
specifying role=configurator/enrollee and qr=mutual cases similarly to
the wpa_supplicant configuration for in Responder role. Request to use a
non-operating channel will be rejected.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-04 12:33:03 +02:00
Edayilliam Jayadev
fbfceef3af Add QCA vendor commands for spectral scan
Add the following vendor commands and their vendor attributes for
spectral scan.

 1) QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SPECTRAL_SCAN_GET_CONFIG
        Get current values of spectral parameters.
 2) QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SPECTRAL_SCAN_GET_DIAG_STATS
        Get stats for spectral scan debug.
 3) QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SPECTRAL_SCAN_GET_CAP_INFO
        Get the spectral hardware capability.
 4) QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SPECTRAL_SCAN_GET_STATUS
        Get the current status of spectral scan.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 21:47:32 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
bb9808fa9f P2P: Continue P2P_WAIT_PEER_(IDLE/CONNECT) sequence on a listen cancel
Some drivers may accept the remain-on-channel command, but instead of
indicating start event for remain-on-channel, just indicate that the
operation has been canceled immediately. This listen cancel from the
WAIT_PEER_CONNECT state ended up in discontinuation of further
WAIT_PEER_IDLE/WAIT_PEER_CONNECT state transitions. Hence, delay the
subsequent IDLE state by 100 ms.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 21:47:32 +02:00
Zhang Qian
962b8fcf49 Add new QCA vendor attributes for MAC counters
Add QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_LL_STATS_EXT_REPORT_TIME
and QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_LL_STATS_EXT_MEASUREMENT_TIME to record
timestamp and duration for the last MAC counters. Some user layer
application is delay sensitive. It needs to know time stamp and
measurment duration for the counters.

Signed-off-by: Zhang Qian <zhangq@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 21:21:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
af7f10fcdf DPP: Protocol testing for invalid Config Resp attribute values
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 21:14:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8c99e6264a DPP: Report Config Request/Response failure reasons on control interface
This provides more details of failures to upper layer components.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 21:04:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f411ad1b86 DPP: Protocol testing to remove attributes from Config Req/Resp
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 21:04:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7e0ebe21b0 DPP: Protocol testing - invalid I/R-Auth value in PKEX Commit-Reveal
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 20:18:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
89d0bf6783 DPP: Protocol testing - invalid Bootstrap Key value in PKEX Commit-Reveal
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 19:59:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f31ef96dc3 DPP: Protocol testing - invalid Status value in PKEX Exchange Response
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 19:59:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d05c82c4d0 DPP: Move PKEX z derivation on Responder to earlier phase
K and z can be derived already based on information available at the
time the PKEX Exchange Request is being processed, so move these there
from the PKEX Commit-Reveal Request processing since that matches the
DPP tech spec description close and allows PKEX exchange to be aborted
earlier if anything unexpected happens.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 19:59:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
578c9ea1ab DPP: Fix a typo in a debug print
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 19:59:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5f5fff4363 DPP: Explicitly check that PKEX Qr is not the point-at-infinity
This was already done for Qi, but the same needs to be done for Qr as
well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 19:59:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
29ab69e4b0 DPP: PKEX counter t
Add limit on number of failed attempts that could have used PKEX code.
If the limit (5) is reached, drop the PKEX state (including the code)
and report this on the control interface to indicate that a new code
needs to be entered due to possible attack.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 19:59:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
039b8e7369 DPP: Terminate PKEX exchange on detection of a mismatching code
Clean up the pending PKEX exchange if Commit-Reveal Request processing
indicates a mismatch in the PKEX code. Previously, the this case was
silently ignored and the session was left in pending state that
prevented new PKEX exchanges from getting initated. Now, a new attempt
is allowed to be initiated.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 19:59:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fc0efa2a1e DPP: Use dpp_bn2bin_pad() helper to simplify code
Number of places writing BIGNUM values with left-padding were open
coding this helper functionality unnecessarily.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 19:59:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e0247e7983 DPP: PKEX and STATUS_BAD_GROUP
Report mismatching finite cyclic group with PKEX Exchange Response using
STATUS_BAD_GROUP and provide more detailed error report over the control
interface on the peer device when this happens.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 19:59:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2265353a4f DPP: Remove obsolete TODO comment on discovery object
The optional channel information was removed from the discovery object
in the DPP tech spec, so no need to maintain this TODO note anymore.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 19:59:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fe12ae777f Fix Status Code in TKIP countermeasures case
The previously used WLAN_REASON_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE (14) value as a
response to Authentication frame or (Re)Association Request frame is not
correct since the resp value is encoded in the Status Code (not Reason
Code) field. Status Code 14 is WLAN_STATUS_UNKNOWN_AUTH_TRANSACTION
which is really what this value would have meant in the response frames.

There is no Michael MIC failure status code, so have to use the generic
"Unspecified failure" (1) reason code for these cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 19:59:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1cfcbd32ac DPP: Testing capability to generate invalid PKEX encrypted key (M and N)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 19:59:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d7e7b7122e DPP: Report PKEX failure reasons over control interface
This provides more information to upper layer software to report failure
reasons on the UI.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-03 19:59:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
61f9f27f80 DPP: Extend protocol testing to cover missing attributes in PKEX
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-02 23:53:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b3e4cc5cbb DPP: Move PKEX Commit-Reveal Response building to a helper function
This cleans up dpp_pkex_rx_commit_reveal_req() a bit and makes it easier
to add protocol testing functionality to PKEX exchange similarly to the
previously added DPP Authentication case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-02 21:34:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b0626c2a6b DPP: Move PKEX Commit-Reveal Request building to a helper function
This cleans up dpp_pkex_rx_exchange_resp() a bit and makes it easier to
add protocol testing functionality to PKEX exchange similarly to the
previously added DPP Authentication case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-02 21:34:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a5c3b41b2f DPP: Move PKEX Exchange Response building to a helper function
This cleans up dpp_pkex_rx_exchange_req() a bit and makes it easier to
add protocol testing functionality to PKEX exchange similarly to the
previously added DPP Authentication case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-02 21:34:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
60b9dd86fd DPP: Fix couple of typos in debug messages
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-02 21:34:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
06f2df0693 DPP: Fix hostapd control interface events for initiator case
Incorrect msg_ctx was registered for the wpa_msg() calls from the DPP
module.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-02 12:25:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
219d4c9fcb DPP: Report possible PKEX code mismatch in control interface
Indicate to upper layers if PKEX Commit-Reveal Request frame AES-SIV
decryption fails. That is a likely sign of the PKEX code mismatch
between the devices.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-02 12:25:35 +02:00
Lior David
0c3bc1be09 Fix test build breakage when not compiling with ieee80211w support
Build breakage was introduced by commit
d8afdb210e ('Allow EAPOL-Key messages 1/4
and 3/4 to be retransmitted for testing') for some
CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds without CONFIG_IEEE80211W=y.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-11-01 12:50:20 +02:00
bhagavathi perumal s
ea4ace9c76 hostapd: Add max_txpower into STATUS command
Signed-off-by: bhagavathi perumal s <bperumal@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-31 11:49:41 +02:00
bhagavathi perumal s
bf6c65afce hostapd: Add Beacon interval and DTIM period into STATUS command
Signed-off-by: bhagavathi perumal s <bperumal@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-31 11:45:29 +02:00
bhagavathi perumal s
c7ae2b3104 hostapd: Add HT/VHT capability info into STATUS command
Signed-off-by: bhagavathi perumal s <bperumal@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-31 11:41:38 +02:00
bhagavathi perumal s
1f91a8bdea hostapd: Add HT/VHT capability info into STA command
Signed-off-by: bhagavathi perumal s <bperumal@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-31 11:37:20 +02:00
bhagavathi perumal s
65f9db6bc2 hostapd: Add extended capabilities into STA command
Signed-off-by: bhagavathi perumal s <bperumal@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-31 00:31:31 +02:00
bhagavathi perumal s
d1f3a81446 hostapd: Add [HT] flag into STA command
Signed-off-by: bhagavathi perumal s <bperumal@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-31 00:28:46 +02:00
bhagavathi perumal s
ba72b4b126 hostapd: Add Min/Max Transmit Power Capability into STA command
This provides access to the Minimum/Maximum Transmit Power Capabilitie
fileds (the nominal minimum/maximum transmit power with which the STA
is capable of transmitting in the current channel; signed integer in
units of decibels relative to 1 mW).

Signed-off-by: bhagavathi perumal s <bperumal@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-31 00:22:58 +02:00
Ashok Kumar Ponnaiah
33c8bbd8ca OWE: Add AP mode handling of OWE with drivers that implement SME
Handle OWE DH exchange and key setup when processing the association
event from a driver that implements AP SME.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-30 23:24:42 +02:00
Ashok Kumar Ponnaiah
28d1264131 Check hostapd current_mode before dereferencing it in additional places
While most places using this should be for cases where the hw_features
functionality is required, there seem to be some paths that are getting
exposed in new OWE related operations where that might not be the case.
Add explicit NULL pointer checks to avoid dereferencing the pointer if
it is not set when operating with driver wrappers that do not provide
sufficient information.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-30 23:20:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
348c93847a AP-side workaround for WNM-Sleep Mode GTK/IGTK reinstallation issues
Normally, WNM-Sleep Mode exit with management frame protection
negotiated would result in the current GTK/IGTK getting added into the
WNM-Sleep Mode Response frame. Some station implementations may have a
vulnerability that results in GTK/IGTK reinstallation based on this
frame being replayed. Add a new hostapd configuration parameter that can
be used to disable that behavior and use EAPOL-Key frames for GTK/IGTK
update instead. This would likely be only used with
wpa_disable_eapol_key_retries=1 that enables a workaround for similar
issues with EAPOL-Key. This is related to station side vulnerabilities
CVE-2017-13087 and CVE-2017-13088. To enable this AP-side workaround,
set wnm_sleep_mode_no_keys=1.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-29 17:13:54 +02:00
Johannes Berg
3f5a1860a8 wpa_auth: Deplete group rekey eloop handler for strict rekeying
When strict group rekeying is in effect, every station that leaves will
cause a rekeying to happen 0.5 s after leaving. However, if a lot of
stations join/leave, the previous code could postpone this rekeying
forever, since it always re-registers the handling with a 0.5 s timeout.

Use eloop_deplete_timeout() to address that, only registering the
timeout from scratch if it wasn't pending.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-10-29 17:04:14 +02:00
Johannes Berg
92662fb281 Allow forcing group rekeying for testing purposes
In order to test the WoWLAN GTK rekeying KRACK mitigation, add a
REKEY_GTK hostapd control interface command that can be used at certain
points of the test.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-10-29 16:58:55 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d270920692 DPP: Negotiation channel change request from Initiator
Allow the Initiator to request a different channel to be used for DPP
Authentication and DPP Configuration exchanges. This commit adds support
for this in wpa_supplicant with the optional neg_freq=<freq in MHz>
parameter in DPP_AUTH_INIT.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-29 16:08:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e85b660129 DPP: Add DPP Status attribute into Peer Discovery Response
This was added in DPP tech spec v0.2.7 to allow result of network
introduction to be reported.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-29 12:16:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
19ef4289ca DPP: Process Authentication Confirm failure cases
Process Authentication Confirm with the two failure cases defined in the
spec: STATUS_NOT_COMPATIBLE and STATUS_AUTH_FAILURE. This verifies the
{R-nonce}k2 part and reports more detailed failure reason if the message
is valid.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-28 17:44:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7d917ab048 DPP: Send Authentication Confirm failure reports
If Authentication Response processing fails due to R-capab
incompatibility or R-auth mismatch, send Authentication Confirm with
error status.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-28 17:44:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
978bc3f2af DPP: Auth Resp/Conf incorrect attribute values for protocol testing
This extends the dpp_test mechanism to allow I-nonce, R-capab, R-auth,
and I-auth values in Authentication Response/Confirm to use incorrect
values.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-28 17:44:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9b51112031 DPP: Allow Responder to decide not to use mutual authentication
Previously, Initiator decided whether to use mutual authentication on
its own based on having own and peer bootstrapping info. This prevented
Responder from selecting not to use mutual authentication in such a
case. Fix this by allowed Initiator to fall back to non-mutual
authentication based on Responder choice if the bootstrapping mechanism
allows this (PKEX does not; it mandates use of mutual authentication).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-27 16:09:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dcdaeab79c DPP: Report Auth Conf failures in control interface
This is useful for protocol testing purposes and UI needs to display
more detailed information about DPP exchanges.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-27 16:09:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f9c7d77029 DPP: Omission of Auth Conf attributes for protocol testing
This extends the dpp_test mechanism to allow each of the required
attributes in Authentication Confirm to be omitted.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-27 16:09:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
26806abe85 DPP: Report invalid messages and failure conditions in control interface
This is useful for protocol testing purposes and UI needs to display
more detailed information about DPP exchanges.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-22 22:45:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ce9acce006 DPP: Omission of Auth Resp attributes for protocol testing
This extends the dpp_test mechanism to allow each of the required
attributes in Authentication Response to be omitted.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-22 22:38:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a03406dbe2 DPP: Move Authentication Response building into a separate function
This cleans up old dpp_auth_build_resp() (now dpp_auth_build_resp_ok())
a bit by separating initialization steps for a DPP authentication
session from the code needed to build the frame. This allows
dpp_auth_build_resp_status() to share the helper function instead of
having to maintain a duplicated message construction implementation. In
addition, this makes it easier to remove some of the attributes for
protocol testing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-22 19:05:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0e7cb8c6c1 DPP: Omission of Auth Req attributes for protocol testing
This extends the dpp_test mechanism to allow each of the required
attributes in Authentication Request to be omitted.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-22 18:27:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
606a8e8d57 DPP: Move Authentication Request building into a separate function
This cleans up dpp_auth_init() a bit by separating initialization steps
for a DPP authentication session from the code needed to build the
frame. In addition, this makes it easier to remove some of the
attributes for protocol testing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-22 18:25:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3749ad0e1d DPP: Explicitly check and reject 0x00 and 0x03 I/R-capab role
0x00 and 0x03 are not valid I/R-capabilities role values.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-22 17:21:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
af48810ba3 DPP: Report transmitted messages as control interface events
This is helpful for testing purposes and also for upper layer components
that may want to show more detailed progress through a DPP exchange.
Both the DPP-TX and DPP-TX-STATUS events are provided.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-22 17:21:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a707393494 DPP: Report received messages as control interface events
This is helpful for testing purposes and also for upper layer components
that may want to show more detailed progress through a DPP exchange.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-22 17:21:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
27fefbbb76 DPP: Remove unnecessary Wrapped Data checks from callers
Now that dpp_check_attrs() takes care of verifying that no attributes
are after the Wrapped Data attribute, the duplicated checks in hostapd
and wpa_supplicant side of the implementation can be removed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-22 17:21:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0c881807b5 DPP: Verify that Wrapped Data attribute is the last one in the message
Do not allow any additional attributes to be included after the Wrapped
Data attribute.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-22 17:21:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
60239f60a6 DPP: Protocol testing framework
Add a generic mechanism for configuring the DPP implementation to behave
in particular different (mostly incorrect) ways for protocol testing
purposes. The new dpp_test parameter can be set to a non-zero integer to
indicate a specific behavior. This is only available in
CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds.

This commit include cases for an extra attribute being added after the
Wrapped Data attribute and Initiator/Responder capabilities having an
unexpected zero capability.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-22 17:21:57 +03:00
Michael Baird
5f7c9e50f5 EAP server: Add event messages for more EAP states
While using an external RADIUS server SUCCESS messages were not being
sent (internal was fine). Also add event messages for other states that
others might find useful, and consistency between the two.

Signed-off-by: Michael Baird <Michael.Baird@ecs.vuw.ac.nz>
2017-10-21 20:28:46 +03:00
andrekorol
a68e0d869f Fix a typo in a comment (the variable is ptk, not pkt)
Signed-off-by: Andre Rossi Korol <anrobits@yahoo.com.br>
2017-10-21 12:02:54 +03:00
Ben Greear
74e55b6585 Fix test build breakage when not compiling with mesh support
Build breakage was introduced by commit
16579769ff ('Add testing functionality for
resetting PN/IPN for configured keys') for some CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y
builds.

Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
2017-10-21 10:59:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3d0fb95583 WNM: Ignore BSS Transition Management frames in bss_transition=0 case
The hostapd bss_transition parameter was previously used to control
advertisement of BSS Transition Management support, but it was not used
when processing BSS Transition Management Query/Response frames. Add an
explicit check during frame processing as well so that any misbehaving
station is ignored. In addition to bss_transition=1, allow mbo=1 to be
used to mark the functionality enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-20 20:32:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
114f2830d2 WNM: Ignore WNM-Sleep Mode Request in wnm_sleep_mode=0 case
The hostapd wnm_sleep_mode parameter was previously used to control
advertisement of WNM-Sleep Mode support, but it was not used when
processing a request to use WNM-Sleep Mode. Add an explicit check during
request processing as well so that any misbehaving station is ignored.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-20 17:39:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3d6953288b Extend RESEND_* test commands to allow forcing plaintext TX
This allows hostapd testing functionality to be forced to send out a
plaintext EAPOL-Key frame with the RESEND_* command. That can be useful
in seeing how the station behaves if an unencrypted EAPOL frame is
received when TK is already configured.

This is not really perfect since there is no convenient way of sending
out a single unencrypted frame in the current nl80211 design. The
monitor interface could likely still do this, but that's not really
supposed to be used anymore. For now, clear and restore TK during this
operation. The restore part is not really working correctly, though,
since it ends up clearing the TSC value on the AP side and that shows up
as replay protection issues on the station. Anyway, this is sufficient
to generate sniffer captures to analyze station behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-19 18:32:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4be5bc98a8 DPP: Update AES-SIV AD for PKEX frames
The protocol design was updated to protect the six octets in the header
before the attributes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-19 18:32:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dc4d271c6d DPP: Update AES-SIV AD for DPP Authentication frames
The protocol design was updated to protect the six octets in the header
before the attributes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-18 22:51:30 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
084131c850 FILS: Allow eap_peer_get_erp_info() to be called without config
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-18 01:19:40 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
693eafb150 nl80211: Update FILS roam info from vendor roam event
Add support to update PMK, PMKID, and ERP next sequence number
from FILS roamed info.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-17 16:26:44 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
3c67e977de nl80211: Add support to send updated connection parameters
After an initial connection certain connection parameters may be
updated. It may be necessary to send these parameters to drivers since
these will be used in driver-initiated roaming cases. This commit
defines the driver_ops call for this and implements the needed
functionality for the nl80211 driver interface.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-17 16:04:51 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
cddfda7892 Add attributes to support roam+auth vendor event for FILS
Add additional attributes to specify the PMK, PMKID, and the ERP next
sequence number to the vendor subcommand
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_KEY_MGMT_ROAM_AUTH. These are needed in case
of an offloaded FILS roaming.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-17 15:55:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c0fe5f125a Clear BSSID information in supplicant state machine on disconnection
This fixes a corner case where RSN pre-authentication candidate from
scan results was ignored if the station was associated with that BSS
just before running the new scan for the connection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-17 01:15:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
006fb845b8 nl80211: Use NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME if available
This allows a more accurate scan result age to be fetched than the one
available through NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-17 00:07:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a6ea665300 Additional consistentcy checks for PTK component lengths
Verify that TK, KCK, and KEK lengths are set to consistent values within
struct wpa_ptk before using them in supplicant. This is an additional
layer of protection against unexpected states.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-17 00:07:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6f234c1e2e Optional AP side workaround for key reinstallation attacks
This adds a new hostapd configuration parameter
wpa_disable_eapol_key_retries=1 that can be used to disable
retransmission of EAPOL-Key frames that are used to install
keys (EAPOL-Key message 3/4 and group message 1/2). This is
similar to setting wpa_group_update_count=1 and
wpa_pairwise_update_count=1, but with no impact to message 1/4
retries and with extended timeout for messages 4/4 and group
message 2/2 to avoid causing issues with stations that may use
aggressive power saving have very long time in replying to the
EAPOL-Key messages.

This option can be used to work around key reinstallation attacks
on the station (supplicant) side in cases those station devices
cannot be updated for some reason. By removing the
retransmissions the attacker cannot cause key reinstallation with
a delayed frame transmission. This is related to the station side
vulnerabilities CVE-2017-13077, CVE-2017-13078, CVE-2017-13079,
CVE-2017-13080, and CVE-2017-13081.

This workaround might cause interoperability issues and reduced
robustness of key negotiation especially in environments with
heavy traffic load due to the number of attempts to perform the
key exchange is reduced significantly. As such, this workaround
is disabled by default (unless overridden in build
configuration). To enable this, set the parameter to 1.

It is also possible to enable this in the build by default by
adding the following to the build configuration:

CFLAGS += -DDEFAULT_WPA_DISABLE_EAPOL_KEY_RETRIES=1

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-17 00:06:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bb06748f45 Make last received ANonce available through control interface
This makes it easier to debug 4-way handshake implementation issues
without having to use a sniffer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 17:47:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d8afdb210e Allow EAPOL-Key messages 1/4 and 3/4 to be retransmitted for testing
The new hostapd control interface commands "RESEND_M1 <addr>" and
"RESEND_M3 <addr>" can be used to request a retransmission of the 4-Way
Handshake messages 1/4 and 3/4 witht he same or modified ANonce (in M1).

This functionality is for testing purposes and included only in builds
with CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 17:47:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6bc2f00f44 Allow group key handshake message 1/2 to be retransmitted for testing
The new hostapd control interface command "RESEND_GROUP_M1 <addr>" can
be used to request a retransmission of the Group Key Handshake message
1/2 for the current GTK.

This functionality is for testing purposes and included only in builds
with CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 17:47:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
16579769ff Add testing functionality for resetting PN/IPN for configured keys
This can be used to test replay protection. The "RESET_PN" command in
wpa_supplicant and "RESET_PN <addr>" command in hostapd resets the local
counters to zero for the last configured key. For hostapd, the address
parameter specifies which STA this operation is for or selects GTK
("ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff") or IGTK ("ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff IGTK").

This functionality is for testing purposes and included only in builds
with CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 17:43:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b488a12948 Clear PMK length and check for this when deriving PTK
Instead of setting the default PMK length for the cleared PMK, set the
length to 0 and explicitly check for this when deriving PTK to avoid
unexpected key derivation with an all-zeroes key should it be possible
to somehow trigger PTK derivation to happen before PMK derivation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
00583ef111 Add debug prints on PMK configuration in WPA supplicant
This makes it easier to understand the cases where PMK gets configured
based on information from upper layer call (e.g., a PSK).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Mathy Vanhoef
a00e946c1c WPA: Extra defense against PTK reinstalls in 4-way handshake
Currently, reinstallations of the PTK are prevented by (1) assuring the
same TPTK is only set once as the PTK, and (2) that one particular PTK
is only installed once. This patch makes it more explicit that point (1)
is required to prevent key reinstallations. At the same time, this patch
hardens wpa_supplicant such that future changes do not accidentally
break this property.

Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@cs.kuleuven.be>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a0bf1b68c0 Remove all PeerKey functionality
This was originally added to allow the IEEE 802.11 protocol to be
tested, but there are no known fully functional implementations based on
this nor any known deployments of PeerKey functionality. Furthermore,
PeerKey design in the IEEE Std 802.11-2016 standard has already been
marked as obsolete for DLS and it is being considered for complete
removal in REVmd.

This implementation did not really work, so it could not have been used
in practice. For example, key configuration was using incorrect
algorithm values (WPA_CIPHER_* instead of WPA_ALG_*) which resulted in
mapping to an invalid WPA_ALG_* value for the actual driver operation.
As such, the derived key could not have been successfully set for the
link.

Since there are bugs in this implementation and there does not seem to
be any future for the PeerKey design with DLS (TDLS being the future for
DLS), the best approach is to simply delete all this code to simplify
the EAPOL-Key handling design and to get rid of any potential issues if
these code paths were accidentially reachable.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e760851176 FILS: Do not allow multiple (Re)Association Response frames
The driver is expected to not report a second association event without
the station having explicitly request a new association. As such, this
case should not be reachable. However, since reconfiguring the same
pairwise or group keys to the driver could result in nonce reuse issues,
be extra careful here and do an additional state check to avoid this
even if the local driver ends up somehow accepting an unexpected
(Re)Association Response frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2f1357fb62 FILS: Accept another (Re)Association Request frame during an association
The previous implementation ended up starting a new EAPOL-Key 4-way
handshake if the STA were to attempt to perform another association.
This resulted in immediate disconnection since the PTK was not ready for
configuring FILS TK at the point when EAPOL-Key msg 1/4 is sent out.
This is better than alloing the association to continue with the same TK
reconfigured, but not really ideal.

Address this potential sequence by not starting a new 4-way handshake on
the additional association attempt. Instead, allow the association to
complete, but do so without reconfiguring the TK to avoid potential
issues with PN reuse with the same TK.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
df94906201 Add MGMT_TX_STATUS_PROCESS command for testing purposes
This allows ext_mgmt_frame_handling=1 cases with hostapd to process TX
status events based on external processing. This is useful for increased
test coverage of management frame processing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2a9c5217b1 FT: Do not allow multiple Reassociation Response frames
The driver is expected to not report a second association event without
the station having explicitly request a new association. As such, this
case should not be reachable. However, since reconfiguring the same
pairwise or group keys to the driver could result in nonce reuse issues,
be extra careful here and do an additional state check to avoid this
even if the local driver ends up somehow accepting an unexpected
Reassociation Response frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ff89af96e5 TDLS: Reject TPK-TK reconfiguration
Do not try to reconfigure the same TPK-TK to the driver after it has
been successfully configured. This is an explicit check to avoid issues
related to resetting the TX/RX packet number. There was already a check
for this for TPK M2 (retries of that message are ignored completely), so
that behavior does not get modified.

For TPK M3, the TPK-TK could have been reconfigured, but that was
followed by immediate teardown of the link due to an issue in updating
the STA entry. Furthermore, for TDLS with any real security (i.e.,
ignoring open/WEP), the TPK message exchange is protected on the AP path
and simple replay attacks are not feasible.

As an additional corner case, make sure the local nonce gets updated if
the peer uses a very unlikely "random nonce" of all zeros.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0adc9b28b3 Fix PTK rekeying to generate a new ANonce
The Authenticator state machine path for PTK rekeying ended up bypassing
the AUTHENTICATION2 state where a new ANonce is generated when going
directly to the PTKSTART state since there is no need to try to
determine the PMK again in such a case. This is far from ideal since the
new PTK would depend on a new nonce only from the supplicant.

Fix this by generating a new ANonce when moving to the PTKSTART state
for the purpose of starting new 4-way handshake to rekey PTK.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Mathy Vanhoef
53bb18cc8b Prevent installation of an all-zero TK
Properly track whether a PTK has already been installed to the driver
and the TK part cleared from memory. This prevents an attacker from
trying to trick the client into installing an all-zero TK.

This fixes the earlier fix in commit
ad00d64e7d ('Fix TK configuration to the
driver in EAPOL-Key 3/4 retry case') which did not take into account
possibility of an extra message 1/4 showing up between retries of
message 3/4.

Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@cs.kuleuven.be>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
87e2db16ba Extend protection of GTK/IGTK reinstallation of WNM-Sleep Mode cases
This extends the protection to track last configured GTK/IGTK value
separately from EAPOL-Key frames and WNM-Sleep Mode frames to cover a
corner case where these two different mechanisms may get used when the
GTK/IGTK has changed and tracking a single value is not sufficient to
detect a possible key reconfiguration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Mathy Vanhoef
cb5132bb35 Prevent reinstallation of an already in-use group key
Track the current GTK and IGTK that is in use and when receiving a
(possibly retransmitted) Group Message 1 or WNM-Sleep Mode Response, do
not install the given key if it is already in use. This prevents an
attacker from trying to trick the client into resetting or lowering the
sequence counter associated to the group key.

Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@cs.kuleuven.be>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Mathy Vanhoef
0e3bd7ac68 hostapd: Avoid key reinstallation in FT handshake
Do not reinstall TK to the driver during Reassociation Response frame
processing if the first attempt of setting the TK succeeded. This avoids
issues related to clearing the TX/RX PN that could result in reusing
same PN values for transmitted frames (e.g., due to CCM nonce reuse and
also hitting replay protection on the receiver) and accepting replayed
frames on RX side.

This issue was introduced by the commit
0e84c25434 ('FT: Fix PTK configuration in
authenticator') which allowed wpa_ft_install_ptk() to be called multiple
times with the same PTK. While the second configuration attempt is
needed with some drivers, it must be done only if the first attempt
failed.

Signed-off-by: Mathy Vanhoef <Mathy.Vanhoef@cs.kuleuven.be>
2017-10-16 02:03:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c53eb94616 OWE: Remove forgotten developer debug prints
These were used during initial implementation testing and were not
supposed to get committed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-11 23:43:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2377c1caef SAE: Allow SAE password to be configured separately (AP)
The new sae_password hostapd configuration parameter can now be used to
set the SAE password instead of the previously used wpa_passphrase
parameter. This allows shorter than 8 characters and longer than 63
characters long passwords to be used. In addition, this makes it
possible to configure a BSS with both WPA-PSK and SAE enabled to use
different passphrase/password based on which AKM is selected.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-11 23:10:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
58efbcbcd4 DPP: Fix static analyzer warnings in key generation and JWK construction
Memory allocation failures could have resulted in error paths that
dereference a NULL pointer or double-freeing memory. Fix this by
explicitly clearing the freed pointer and checking allocation results.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-11 18:19:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
91cc34bf32 OWE: Allow set of enabled DH groups to be limited on AP
The new hostapd configuration parameter owe_groups can be used to
specify a subset of the allowed DH groups as a space separated list of
group identifiers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-10 21:03:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
265bda3444 OWE: Allow DH Parameters element to be overridden for testing purposes
This allows CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds of wpa_supplicant to
override the OWE DH Parameters element in (Re)Association Request frames
with arbitrary data specified with the "VENDOR_ELEM_ADD 13 <IE>"
command. This is only for testing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-10 18:26:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8c19ea3f21 DPP: Add the crypto suite field to the frames
This additional field was added to DPP Public Action frames in DPP tech
spec v0.2.3 to support cryptographic agility in the future.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-10 01:30:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c77e2ff096 DPP: Remove C-sign-key expiry
This was removed in DPP tech spec v0.2.3.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-10 01:17:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6254045a51 DPP: Explicitly delete the PKEX secret element K upon generation of z
This was added as an explicit requirement in DPP tech spec 0.2.3.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-10 00:56:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0e6709a4ea DPP: Rename PKEX secret element from Z to K
This matches the change in the DPP tech spec to make this less likely to
be confused with the shared secret z.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-10 00:52:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6573171792 DPP: Verify that PKEX Qi is not the point-at-infinity
This was added as an explicit requirement in DPP tech spec v0.2.3.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-10 00:42:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a891388184 OWE: Transition mode information based on BSS ifname
The owe_transition_bssid and owe_transition_ssid parameters can now be
replace with owe_transition_ifname to clone the BSSID/SSID information
automatically in case the same hostapd process manages both the OWE and
open BSS for transition mode.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-09 13:39:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5a78c36194 OWE: PMKSA caching in station mode
This extends OWE support in wpa_supplicant to allow PMKSA caching to be
used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-09 12:12:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d90f10fa41 OWE: PMKSA caching in AP mode
This extends OWE support in hostapd to allow PMKSA caching to be used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-09 12:12:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8b5579e17a DPP: Fix EAPOL-Key Key MIC calculation
The Key MIC field value got truncated for all cases and incorrect HMAC
hash algorithm was used for the SHA512 cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-08 17:12:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ec9f483774 OWE: Support DH groups 20 (NIST P-384) and 21 (NIST P-521) in station
This extends OWE support in wpa_supplicant to allow DH groups 20 and 21
to be used in addition to the mandatory group 19 (NIST P-256). The group
is configured using the new network profile parameter owe_group.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-08 17:12:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7a12edd163 OWE: Support DH groups 20 (NIST P-384) and 21 (NIST P-521) in AP mode
This extends OWE support in hostapd to allow DH groups 20 and 21 to be
used in addition to the mandatory group 19 (NIST P-256).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-08 17:12:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6c4726189c OWE: Extend shared helper functions to support other DH curves
This extends the helper functions for determining OWE key lengths and
Key MIC values to support other DH curves beyond the mandatory group 19.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-08 17:12:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d8c8d85753 OWE: Include RSNE in (Re)Association Response frame
This is not normally done in RSN, but RFC 8110 seems to imply that AP
has to include OWE AKM in the RSNE within these frames. So, add the RSNE
to (Re)Association Response frames when OWE is being negotiated.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-08 17:12:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
675112df1b OWE: Set PMK length properly on supplicant side
sm->pmk_len was not set when deriving the PMK as part of OWE key
generation. This depending on wpa_sm_set_pmk_from_pmksa() call resetting
the value to the default. While this worked for many cases, this is not
correct and can have issues with network profile selection based on
association information. For example, the OWE transition mode cases
would hit an issue here.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-08 17:12:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ea079153f4 OWE: Add AP support for transition mode
The new owe_transition_bssid and owe_transition_ssid parameters can be
used to configure hostapd to advertise the OWE Transition Mode element.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-08 17:12:35 +03:00
Peng Xu
4a37463416 hostapd: Update HE capabilities and HE operation definition
Replace vendor-specific elements for HE capabilities and HE operation
elements with the P802.11ax defined element values. This version is
based on P802.11ax/D1.4.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-05 15:09:43 +03:00
bhagavathi perumal s
3567641ebb Add TX/RX rate info and signal strength into STA output
These allow external programs to fetch the TX and RX rate information
and signal strength for a specific STA through the hostapd control
interface command "STA <addr>". The values of these attributes are
filled in the response of nl80211 command NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION.

Signed-off-by: bhagavathi perumal s <bperumal@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-05 12:12:24 +03:00
Lior David
fa4b605a0d WPS: Do not increment wildcard_uuid when pin is locked
Commit 84751b98c1 ('WPS: Allow wildcard
UUID PIN to be used twice') relaxed the constraints on how many time a
wildcard PIN can be used to allow two attempts. However, it did this in
a way that could result in concurrent attempts resulting in the wildcard
PIN being invalidated even without the second attempt actually going as
far as trying to use the PIN and a WPS protocol run.

wildcard_uuid is a flag/counter set for wildcard PINs and it is
incremented whenever the PIN is retrieved by wps_registrar_get_pin().
Eventually it causes the wildcard PIN to be released, effectively
limiting the number of registration attempts with a wildcard PIN.

With the previous implementation, when the PIN is in use and locked
(PIN_LOCKED), it is not returned from wps_registrar_get_pin() but
wildcard_uuid is still incremented which can cause the PIN to be
released earlier and stations will have fewer registration attempts with
it. Fix this scenario by only incrementing wildcard_uuid if the PIN is
actually going to be returned and used.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-10-03 19:19:01 +03:00
Krishna Rao
ee522d27cf Vendor flags for 11ax channel property flags for use with external ACS
Add 802.11ax channel property flags for use with external ACS (QCA
vendor command). Use the remaining available bits in
qca_wlan_vendor_channel_prop_flags for the first few 11ax flags. Then
add qca_wlan_vendor_channel_prop_flags_2 as a continuation of
qca_wlan_vendor_channel_prop_flags and add the remaining 11ax flags
there. Note that qca_wlan_vendor_channel_prop_flags_ext is not used
since it is currently not intended for holding such information. Rather
it is meant for holding additional control information related to
features such as DFS, CSA, etc.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-26 18:00:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
61a56c1480 Add group_mgmt network parameter for PMF cipher selection
The new wpa_supplicant network parameter group_mgmt can be used to
specify which group management ciphers (AES-128-CMAC, BIP-GMAC-128,
BIP-GMAC-256, BIP-CMAC-256) are allowed for the network. If not
specified, the current behavior is maintained (i.e., follow what the AP
advertises). The parameter can list multiple space separate ciphers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-26 17:40:02 +03:00
Michael Braun
0ad5893a2f PAE: Validate input before pointer
ieee802_1x_kay_decode_mkpdu() calls ieee802_1x_mka_i_in_peerlist()
before body_len has been checked on all segments.

ieee802_1x_kay_decode_mkpdu() and ieee802_1x_mka_i_in_peerlist() might
continue and thus underflow left_len even if it finds left_len to small
(or before checking).

Additionally, ieee802_1x_mka_dump_peer_body() might perform out of bound
reads in this case.

Fix this by checking left_len and aborting if too small early.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2017-09-25 21:26:32 +03:00
Ilan Peer
fd35ed5bba AP: Remove unneeded check for 'added_unassociated'
In fils_hlp_finish_assoc() the station is already added to the
driver so it is not needed to check the 'added_unassociated'
flag.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2017-09-25 21:21:22 +03:00
Vamsi Krishna
d55b174609 FILS: Vendor attribute to disable driver FILS features
The FILS features on STA needs to be disabled for testing purposes to
verify the APUT behavior with non-FILS STAs. Add a QCA vendor attribute
for doing so.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-25 20:22:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
29c940e7a6 TDLS: Update the comments related to TPK derivation
Update these comments based on IEEE Std 802.11-2016 to get rid of the
already resolved TODO comment regarding duplicated N_KEY use. The
implementation does not need any changes since it was already following
the fixed version in the current standard.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-22 10:23:35 +03:00
Peng Xu
3de1566db8 FILS: Check req_ies for NULL pointer in hostapd_notif_assoc()
Add checking for NULL req_ies when FILS processing a driver ASSOC event
in hostapd_notif_assoc(). This was already done in number of old code
paths, but the newer FILS path did not handle this. Though, it is
unlikely that this code path would be reachable in practice since this
is all within sta->auth_alg == WLAN_AUTH_FILS_* check.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-19 15:28:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1c9663cf6b OpenSSL: Force RSA 3072-bit DH prime size limit for Suite B
Reject a DHE handshake if the server uses a DH prime that does not have
sufficient length to meet the Suite B 192-bit level requirement (<= 3k
(3072) bits).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-18 12:12:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2ed70c7586 OpenSSL: Add option to disable ECDHE with Suite B RSA
The hostapd.conf tls_flags=[SUITEB-NO-ECDH] and wpa_supplicant network
profile phase1="tls_suiteb_no_ecdh=1" can now be used to configure Suite
B RSA constraints with ECDHE disabled. This is mainly to allow
the DHE TLS cipher suite to be tested.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-18 12:12:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4eb8cfe06b OpenSSL: Force RSA 3072-bit key size limit for Suite B
Reject a peer certificate chain if it includes an RSA public key that
does not use sufficient key length to meet the Suite B 192-bit level
requirement (<= 3k (3072) bits).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-18 12:12:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6418400db9 Add hostapd tls_flags parameter
This can be used to set the TLS flags for authentication server.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-18 12:12:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
60ed2f24eb Suite B: Add tls_suiteb=1 parameter for RSA 3k key case
This adds phase1 parameter tls_suiteb=1 into wpa_supplicant
configuration to allow TLS library (only OpenSSL supported for now) to
use Suite B 192-bit level rules with RSA when using >= 3k (3072) keys.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-17 00:09:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5030d7d9fd DPP: Allow raw hex PSK to be used for legacy configuration
The new psk=<hexdump> can be used as an alternative to pass=<passphrase>
when configuring the DPP Configurator with a legacy network parameters.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-15 17:54:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
039ab15fdf DPP: Add DPP-CONFOBJ-PASS/PSK events for hostapd legacy configuration
These control interface event messages can be used to allow hostapd AP
to be configured for legacy WPA2-Personal configuration with DPP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-15 17:45:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9824de57a4 Fix EAPOL-Key version check for a corner case with Suite B AKM
While the Suite B AKM is not really going to be used with CCMP-128 or
GCMP-128 cipher, this corner case could be fixed if it is useful for
some testing purposes. Allow that special case to skip the HMAC-SHA1
check based on CCMP/GCMP cipher and use the following AKM-defined check
instead.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-15 00:36:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4cada9dcc1 FILS: Add DHss into FILS-Key-Data derivation when using FILS SK+PFS
This part is missing from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, but the lack of DHss
here means there would not be proper PFS for the case where PMKSA
caching is used with FILS SK+PFS authentication. This was not really the
intent of the FILS design and that issue was fixed during REVmd work
with the changes proposed in
https://mentor.ieee.org/802.11/dcn/17/11-17-0906-04-000m-fils-fixes.docx
that add DHss into FILS-Key-Data (and PTK, in practice) derivation for
the PMKSA caching case so that a unique ICK, KEK, and TK are derived
even when using the same PMK.

Note: This is not backwards compatible, i.e., this breaks PMKSA caching
with FILS SK+PFS if only STA or AP side implementation is updated.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-13 22:17:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
41b8191485 FILS: Update PMKID derivation rules for ERP key hierarchy establishment
IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016 had missed a change in the Pairwise key hierarchy
clause (12.7.1.3 in IEEE Std 802.11-2016) and due to that, the previous
implementation ended up using HMAC-SHA-1 -based PMKID derivation. This
was not really the intent of the FILS design and that issue was fixed
during REVmd work with the changes proposed in
https://mentor.ieee.org/802.11/dcn/17/11-17-0906-04-000m-fils-fixes.docx
that change FILS cases to use HMAC-SHA-256 and HMAC-SHA-384 based on the
negotiated AKM.

Update the implementation to match the new design. This changes the
rsn_pmkid() function to take in the more generic AKMP identifier instead
of a boolean identifying whether SHA256 is used.

Note: This is not backwards compatible, i.e., this breaks PMKSA caching
based on the initial ERP key hierarchy setup if only STA or AP side
implementation is updated. PMKSA caching based on FILS authentication
exchange is not impacted by this, though.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-13 22:17:58 +03:00
Michael Braun
73b3de01ce macsec_linux: Exit early when missing macsec kernel module
Using driver macsec_linux makes no sense without macsec kernel module
loaded.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2017-09-10 22:26:36 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
7612e65b9b mka: Add error handling for secy_init_macsec() calls
secy_init_macsec() can fail (if ->macsec_init fails), and
ieee802_1x_kay_init() should handle this and not let MKA run any
further, because nothing is going to work anyway.

On failure, ieee802_1x_kay_init() must deinit its kay, which will free
kay->ctx, so ieee802_1x_kay_init callers (only ieee802_1x_alloc_kay_sm)
must not do it. Before this patch there is a double-free of the ctx
argument when ieee802_1x_kay_deinit() was called.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2017-09-10 22:23:25 +03:00
Rohit Pratap Singh
fdbfb63e45 nl80211: Fix bridge name print while removing interface from bridge
Removing interface from bridge in_br
linux_br_del_if(drv->global->ioctl_sock, in_br, ifname)
but in case of failure, the error print is incorrect:
it should show error for "in_br" instead of the wrong bridge name
"brname".

Signed-off-by: Rohit Pratap Singh <rohit.s@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Amit Khatri <amit.khatri@samsung.com>
2017-09-10 22:11:08 +03:00
Michael Braun
333517ac1c crypto: Fix undefined behavior in random number generator
ubsan reported:

../src/crypto/random.c:69:30: runtime error: shift exponent 32 is too large for 32-bit type 'unsigned int'

Explicitly check for the ROL32(x, 0) case which is supposed to be a
no-op.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2017-09-10 21:50:21 +03:00
Akihiro Onodera
84fccc7242 Send Client-Error when AT_KDF attributes from the server are incorrect
After KDF negotiation, must check only requested change occurred in the
list of AT_KDF attributes. If there are any other changes, the peer must
behave like the case that AT_MAC had been incorrect and authentication
is failed. These are defined in EAP-AKA' specification RFC 5448, Section
3.2.

Add a complete check of AT_KDF attributes and send Client-Error if a
change which is not requested is included in it.

Signed-off-by: Tomoharu Hatano <tomoharu.hatano@sony.com>
2017-09-10 20:11:07 +03:00
Akihiro Onodera
446600c354 Add AT_KDF attributes to Synchronization-Failure in EAP-AKA'
AT_KDF attributes need to be included in Synchronization-Failure
according to EAP-AKA' specification RFC 5448.

Signed-off-by: Tomoharu Hatano <tomoharu.hatano@sony.com>
2017-09-10 01:39:37 +03:00
Andrew Elble
155bf11088 PMKSA: Fix use-after-free in pmksa_cache_clone_entry()
pmksa_cache_add_entry() may actually free old_entry if the PMKSA cache
is full. This can result in the PMKSA cache containing entries with
corrupt expiration times.

Signed-off-by: Andrew Elble <aweits@rit.edu>
2017-09-10 01:39:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
49e6a55537 FILS: Add a space before MAC address to a HLP debug message
The "FILS: No pending HLP DHCP exchange with hw_addr" debug message was
missing a space before the following MAC address, so add that there to
make the message more readable.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-07 13:33:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
359166ed24 Remove the completely unused FT parameters in driver association data
It looks like these parameters related to FT have never been used, so
remove them from causing confusion. The separate update_ft_ies()
callback is used to provide the FT elements.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-06 21:20:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3db2a82df8 Add SHA-384 routines to libcrypto.a
wlantest needs this for being able to decrypt FILS (Re)Association
Request/Response frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-05 18:58:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3648d8a185 SAE: Allow commit fields to be overridden for testing purposes
The new sae_commit_override=<hexdump> parameter can be used to force
hostapd to override SAE commit message fields for testing purposes. This
is included only in CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-04 13:32:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e75335384a SAE: Add testing code for reflection attack
Allow hostapd to be configured to perform SAE reflection attack for SAE
testing purposes with sae_reflection_attack=1 configuration parameter.
This is included only in CONFIG_TESTING_OPTIONS=y builds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-04 13:32:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e61fea6b46 SAE: Fix PMKSA caching behavior in AP mode
Add PMKID into EAPOL-Key 1/4 when using SAE and fix the PMK-from-PMKSA
selection in some cases where PSK (from passphrase) could have been
used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-09-04 13:32:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c2d4f2eb5d DPP: Derive PMKID using SHA256() for all curves
This was previously defined inconsistently (H() vs. SHA256()), but it is
now clarified in the draft tech spec to use SHA256(), so update
implementation to do that.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-08-24 23:59:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
64a0a75b5b nl80211: Fix auth_alg selection with FILS in the connect command
NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE needs to be skipped if multiple auth_alg options
are included. The previous list missed the new FILS auth_alg here and
ended up not doing so if OPEN and FILS were included.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-08-24 23:30:20 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7475e80f14 FILS: Fix wpa_supplicant AP build without CONFIG_IEEE80211W
CONFIG_FILS was missed as one of items requiring the p pointer in
hostapd_notif_assoc().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-08-24 17:33:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
85fd8263a5 DPP: Use Transaction ID in Peer Discovery Request/Response frames
DPP tech spec changed the contents of these frames by replacing the
public key hash attributes with a Transaction ID attribute that gets
copied from the request to the response to identify the transaction in a
simpler manner.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-08-23 12:51:41 +03:00
Hu Wang
a28675da23 hs20-osu-client: Fix build with new OpenSSL and BoringSSL
Use the SSL_get_SSL_CTX() helper instead of dereferencing SSL* since
struct ssl_st is not exposed in public header files anymore.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-08-23 11:40:10 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
cf39475b40 Introduce QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_HANG
This is an event indicating to the user space that the driver has
detected an internal failure. The driver is expected to recover from
such a failure automatically, e.g., by resetting the device. This event
carries the information indicating the reason that triggered this
detection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-08-23 11:32:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
17385fba2a tests: JSON module tests for additional array parsing
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-08-23 00:29:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d4488b9dad JSON: Fix parsing of arrays of numbers, strings, literals
The previous implementation was able to parse arrays of objects, but not
arrays of other types of items.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-08-23 00:28:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a4bf007877 DPP: Remove devices object from the connector
This was removed from the draft DPP tech spec, so remove it from the
implementation as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-08-22 23:46:27 +03:00
Sachin Ahuja
e77d13ef95 QCA vendor attribute to configure beacon miss penalize count for BTC
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-08-18 21:10:53 +03:00
Sachin Ahuja
7bd88aaf37 QCA vendor attribute to configure beacon miss count
This can be used to dynamically enable/disable beacon miss count.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-08-18 21:10:53 +03:00
Sandeep Puligilla
505554bbf7 QCA vendor attribute to enable/disable scan
This commit introduces QCA vendor attribute to
disable/enable scan.

Signed-off-by: Sandeep Puligilla <spuligil@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-08-18 21:10:53 +03:00
Sven Eckelmann
b0fc2ef3a3 hw_features: Fix check of supported 802.11ac channel width
The two channel width bits in the VHT capability field can be decoded in
following values (IEEE Std 802.11ac-2013 8.4.2.160.2 VHT Capabilities
Info field):

 * 0: no 160 or 80+80 MHz support
 * 1: 160 MHz support
 * 2: 160 and 80+80 MHz support
 * 3: (reserved)

The check must therefore not be done bitwise but instead it must checked
whether the capabilities announced by the driver are at least the ones
requested by the user.

Fixes: c781eb8428 ("hostapd: Verify VHT capabilities are supported by driver")
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
2017-07-18 13:39:46 +03:00
Avraham Stern
b5bf84ba39 WNM: Differentiate between WNM for station and for AP in build
Previously, CONFIG_WNM enabled build that supports WNM for both
station mode and AP mode. However, in most wpa_supplicant cases only
station mode WNM is required and there is no need for AP mode WNM.

Add support to differentiate between station mode WNM and AP mode
WNM in wpa_supplicant builds by adding CONFIG_WNM_AP that should be
used when AP mode WNM support is required in addition to station mode
WNM. This allows binary size to be reduced for builds that require
only the station side WNM functionality.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2017-07-18 13:28:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
809c675029 DPP: Fix build with OpenSSL 1.1.0
X509_ALGOR_get0() was modified to use const ** pointer as the first
argument in OpenSSL 1.1.0, so need to use different type here to avoid
compilation issues.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-07-17 12:26:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
89971d8b1e OpenSSL: Clear default_passwd_cb more thoroughly
Previously, the pointer to strdup passwd was left in OpenSSL library
default_passwd_cb_userdata and even the default_passwd_cb was left set
on an error path. To avoid unexpected behavior if something were to
manage to use there pointers, clear them explicitly once done with
loading of the private key.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-07-17 12:06:17 +03:00
Beniamino Galvani
f665c93e1d OpenSSL: Fix private key password handling with OpenSSL >= 1.1.0f
Since OpenSSL version 1.1.0f, SSL_use_PrivateKey_file() uses the
callback from the SSL object instead of the one from the CTX, so let's
set the callback on both SSL and CTX. Note that
SSL_set_default_passwd_cb*() is available only in 1.1.0.

Signed-off-by: Beniamino Galvani <bgalvani@redhat.com>
2017-07-17 11:57:16 +03:00
Beniamino Galvani
2b9891bd6e OpenSSL: Add build option to select default ciphers
Add a build option to select different default ciphers for OpenSSL
instead of the hardcoded default "DEFAULT:!EXP:!LOW".

This new option is useful on distributions where the security level
should be consistent for all applications, as in Fedora [1]. In such
cases the new configuration option would be set to "" or
"PROFILE=SYSTEM" to select the global crypto policy by default.

[1] https://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Changes/CryptoPolicy

Signed-off-by: Beniamino Galvani <bgalvani@redhat.com>
2017-07-17 11:55:22 +03:00
Ashwini Patil
65833d71a5 OCE: Add hostapd mode OCE capability indication if enabled
Add OCE IE in Beacon, Probe Response, and (Re)Association Response
frames if OCE is enabled in the configuration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-14 21:27:00 +03:00
Ashwini Patil
332aadb8a2 STA: Add OCE capability indication attribute
Add OCE capability indication attribute in Probe Request and
(Re)Association Request frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-14 21:19:53 +03:00
Ashwini Patil
fb718f94d6 nl80211: Check if driver supports OCE specific features
Check if device supports OCE STA/STA-CFON/AP specific mandatory
features. This commit includes checking based on the QCA vendor
attributes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-14 21:13:22 +03:00
vamsi krishna
46b15e470e Add vendor flags for OCE feature support indication
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-14 21:11:35 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
9f44f7f3b5 Introduce a vendor attribute to represent the PNO/EPNO Request ID
This request ID was wrongly referred from the REQUEST_ID in
enum qca_wlan_vendor_attr_gscan_config_params which is mapped to
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_PNO_PASSPOINT_LIST_PARAM_NUM in PNO Config.
Hence define a different attribute to represent the request ID
for PNO Config.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-14 21:11:35 +03:00
Emmanuel Grumbach
881a92e8b8 FILS: Fix compilation with CONFIG_NO_WPA
wpa_fils_is_completed() was not defined.

Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
2017-07-08 16:21:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1f2ae8cff5 EAP-TTLS: Fix a memory leak on error paths
The allocated challenge needs to be freed on these error paths as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-07-08 16:21:38 +03:00
Ilan Peer
83e003a913 EAP-TTLS: Fix possible memory leak in eap_ttls_phase2_request_mschap()
The msg buffer needs to be freed on these two error paths.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2017-07-08 16:19:36 +03:00
Ilan Peer
96e595a9f1 EAP-LEAP: Fix possible memory leak in eap_leap_process_request()
Free 'resp' object in case of a failure to derive the response.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2017-07-08 16:14:03 +03:00
Naftali Goldstein
3f8e3a5486 ap: Fix invalid HT40 channel pair fallback
In case of incorrect HT40 configuration as part of an attempt to create
a 80 MHz AP, iface->conf->vht_oper_centr_freq_seg0_idx and
iface->conf->vht_oper_centr_freq_seg1_idx are zero'ed, but
iface->conf->vht_oper_chwidth remains VHT_CHANWIDTH_80MHZ. This causes
the logic in dfs_get_start_chan_idx to fail.

Fix this by setting iface->conf->vht_oper_chwidth to
VHT_CHANWIDTH_USE_HT when zero'ing the center frequency parameters.

Signed-off-by: Naftali Goldstein <naftali.goldstein@intel.com>
2017-07-08 16:06:38 +03:00
Ilan Peer
6d3e24d3e3 ap: Fix return value in hostapd_drv_switch_channel()
The documentation in driver.h state that in case of an error
-1 is returned.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2017-07-08 16:06:38 +03:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
bfbc41eace DPP: Fix compilation without openssl
dpp.h file requires openssl in order to compile, which breaks
compilation on systems without it.
Move DPP_OUI_TYPE to ieee802_11_defs.h and don't include dpp.h when
not really needed.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2017-07-07 23:37:45 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
fe3e0bac1f FILS: Advertize FILS capability based on driver capability
Add changes to control interface command get_capability to advertize
FILS capability, FILS AKMs suites, and FILS Authentication algorithms
based on the driver capabilities.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-07 13:39:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5579c11c3e Fix a typo in vendor attribute documentation
The attribute is QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_SAR_LIMITS_SAR_ENABLE, not
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_SAR_LIMITS_SELECT.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-07 13:26:45 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
8b5ddda5fb FILS: Add HLP support with driver-based AP SME
This allows HLP processing to postpone association processing in
hostapd_notify_assoc().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-06 15:24:42 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
31ec556cef FILS: Fix the IP header protocol field in HLP DHCP response
The IP header should indicate that UDP is used in the message.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-06 14:00:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b3e567c890 FILS: ERP-based PMKSA cache addition on AP
hostapd did not add a new PMKSA cache entry when FILS shared key
authentication was used, i.e., only the initial full authentication
resulted in a PMKSA cache entry being created. Derive the PMKID for the
ERP case as well and add a PMKSA cache entry if the ERP exchange
succeeds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-05 17:52:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bfe448331f FILS: Fix a frame name in a debug print
The EAP message included in FILS Wrapped Data from the non-AP STA to the
AP is EAP-Initiate/Re-auth.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-05 17:29:44 +03:00
Ashwini Patil
f2cdb41b81 OCE: Define OCE attributes and other related macros
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-05 02:02:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f522bb2377 DPP: Add DPP_CONFIGURATOR_SIGN to generate own connector
The DPP Configurator can use this new command to generate its own signed
connector for the network that it manages.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-04 17:48:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a86fb43ca3 DPP: DPP_BOOTSTRAP_INFO for hostapd
This extends the hostapd control interface to support the
DPP_BOOTSTRAP_INFO command that was recently added for wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-04 15:56:38 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
484788b875 DPP: Share bootstrap type to string helper function
This can be used in hostapd as well.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-04 15:45:03 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8885023252 Add new key_mgmt values for wpa_supplicant STATUS command
Recently added OWE and DPP were missing from the key_mgmt string list.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-03 14:33:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3a5954ef98 Add mgmt_group_cipher to wpa_supplicant STATUS command
This can be used to check which management group cipher is used in an
association that uses PMF.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-03 14:28:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
90f837b0bf Update default wpa_group_rekey to once-per-day when using CCMP/GCMP
The default value for GTK rekeying period was previously hardcoded to
600 seconds for all cases. Leave that short value only for TKIP as group
cipher while moving to the IEEE 802.11 default value of 86400 seconds
(once-per-day) for CCMP/GCMP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-03 13:42:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
787615b381 DPP: Set PMKSA expiration based on peer connector
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-03 13:29:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6b140f0fa2 DPP: Update hostapd configurator parameters to match wpa_supplicant
This updates the previously copied implementation to be up-to-date with
the more recent wpa_supplicant changes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-03 13:15:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2605405aa4 DPP: Configurator in hostapd
This integrates DPP configuration request processing into hostapd GAS
server implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-03 13:03:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
efeada91a4 DPP: PKEX in hostapd
Allow hostapd to initiate and respond with PKEX bootstrapping similarly
to how this was implemented in wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-03 13:03:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6095b47905 DPP: Check JWS protected header alg against C-sign-key curve
These need to be compatible for the JWS protected header signing to be
valid, so add an explicit check to confirm this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-03 13:03:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
31f03cb009 DPP: Update JWS algorithm strings for Brainpool curves
Instead of trying to share the existing definitions for NIST curves,
start using unique strings for Brainpool curves.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-02 21:13:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e0d3d3fceb DPP: Rename Brainpool curve names for JSON
This removes the "R1" postfix from the names used in JSON.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-02 09:35:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
500ed7f006 DPP: PKEX bootstrapping
This implements genric PKEX functionality in src/common/dpp.c and glue
code to use this in wpa_supplicant (i.e, hostapd DPP implementation does
not yet support PKEX).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-02 09:35:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b9d47b4848 DPP: Add helper functions for running hash operations
Use helper functions to cover all three different hash algorithm options
for DPP operations instead of having separate calls to each function at
every location a hash operation based on the curve is needed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-02 09:35:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
43fbb8db5b DPP: More debug for own connector configuration errors
This makes it easier to notice a reason for failure in cases a connector
string has been truncated.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-02 09:35:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f1f4fa7972 DPP: Fix JWK debug prints
This function is used for parsing both the C-sign-key and netAccessKey,
so better not imply that all cases are C-sign-key in the debug prints.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-07-02 09:35:00 +03:00
Ashwini Patil
b04854ceff nl80211/MBO: Set temporary disallowed BSSID list to driver
Set temporary disallowed BSSID list to the driver so that the driver
doesn't try to connect to any of the blacklisted BSSIDs during
driver-based roaming operation. This commit includes support only for
the nl80211 driver interface using a QCA vendor command for this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-30 17:27:44 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
2a71673e27 ERP: Derive ERP key only after successful EAP authentication
ERP key was previously derived immediately after the availability of
EMSK and Session-Id and the ERP key hierarchy was saved even if the
authentication resulted in failure eventually. Instead, derive the ERP
key only after a successful EAP authentication.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-23 19:37:14 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
528b655788 Add Set Wi-Fi Configuration vendor attribute to configure LRO
This can be used to dynamically enable/disable LRO.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-23 19:25:46 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
944f359e19 Introduce a vendor command to specify the active Type Of Service
This commit introduces QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_ACTIVE_TOS to specify
the active Type Of Service on the specific interface. This can be used
to modify some of the low level scan parameters (off channel dwell time,
home channel time) in the driver/firmware.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-23 19:23:38 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
b6ea764252 nl80211: Make KCK attribute optional in rekey data
New AKM suites like FILS-SHA256 do not use KCK and hence KCK length can
be zero. Add changes to include KCK attribute in rekey data only if the
length is non-zero.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-23 18:58:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
186f204893 JSON: Fix \u escaping
Remove the extra 'x' character from the escaped string.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-22 15:09:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8528994e21 DPP: Automatic network profile creation
wpa_supplicant can now be configured to generate a network profile
automatically based on DPP configuration. The following
dpp_config_processing values can be used to specify the behavior:
0 = report received configuration to an external program for
    processing; do not generate any network profile internally (default)
1 = report received configuration to an external program and generate
    a network profile internally, but do not automatically connect
    to the created (disabled) profile; the network profile id is
    reported to external programs
2 = report received configuration to an external program, generate
    a network profile internally, try to connect to the created
    profile automatically

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-21 18:03:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a0d5c56f8b DPP: Network Introduction protocol for wpa_supplicant
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-19 21:13:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4ff89c2ebd DPP: Network Introduction protocol for hostapd
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-19 21:13:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
650a70a72a DPP: Network Introduction protocol
This commit adds generic helper functions for going through Network
Introduction protocol.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-19 21:13:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
56c7549587 DPP: AP parameters for DPP AKM
Extend hostapd configuration to include parameters needed for the DPP
AKM: dpp_connector, dpp_netaccesskey, dpp_netaccesskey_expiry,
dpp_csign, dpp_csign_expiry.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-19 21:13:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0c52953b0f DPP: Allow PMKSA cache entries to be added through hostapd ctrl_iface
This allows external programs to generate and add PMKSA cache entries
into hostapd. The main use for this is to run external DPP processing
(network introduction) and testing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-19 21:13:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
567da5bbd0 DPP: Add new AKM
This new AKM is used with DPP when using the signed Connector to derive
a PMK. Since the KCK, KEK, and MIC lengths are variable within a single
AKM, this needs number of additional changes to get the PMK length
delivered to places that need to figure out the lengths of the PTK
components.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-19 21:13:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9c2b8204e6 DPP: Integration for hostapd
This adds DPP bootstrapping, authentication, and configuration into
hostapd similarly to how the design was integrated in wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-19 21:13:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
461d39af40 DPP: Configuration exchange
This adds support for DPP Configuration Protocol using GAS. Full
generation and processing of the configuration object is not included in
this commit.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-19 21:13:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
30d27b048e DPP: Authentication exchange
Add wpa_supplicant control interface commands for managing DPP
Authentication exchange.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-19 21:12:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
be27e185b7 DPP: Bootstrap information management
Add wpa_supplicant control interface commands for parsing the bootstrap
info URI from a QR Code (get peer public key) and to generate a new
bootstrap info with private key for local use. The optional
key=<hexdump> argument to the DPP_BOOTSTRAP_GEN command can be used to
specify the bootstrapping private key in OpenSSL ECPrivateKey DER
encoding format. This results in the local bootstrapping information
entry being created with the specified key instead of generating a new
random one.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-19 12:03:30 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
00b02149ed nl80211: Register to receive DPP Public Action frames
These are needed for DPP exchanges. In addition, register GAS frames for
DPP builds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-17 18:04:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4e19eb88a9 tests: Module tests for JSON parser
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-17 18:04:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
005be3daa9 Add JavaScript Object Notation (JSON) parser (RFC7159)
This is needed for DPP configuration attributes/objects.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-17 18:04:51 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5b52e1adc2 tests: Update base64 OOM test cases to match implementation changes
Introduction of the new base64 helper function changed the backtraces
for these OOM test cases and resulted in test failures. Update the test
scripts to work with the new implementation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-17 18:04:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0ffdc8b196 Add base64url encoding/decoding per RFC 4648
This adds functionality needed for parsing and generating JSON Web Key
data structures in DPP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-17 18:04:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
77f273c82c Extend SHA-384 and SHA-512 support to match SHA-256
The additional SHA-384 and SHA-512 functionality is needed to support
DPP with various ECC curves.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-17 18:04:12 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
b5db6e5dc4 eap_proxy: Support multiple SIMs in get_imsi()
This allows the eap_proxy mechanism to be used with multiple SIMs by
following the configured sim_num to index which SIM to use for when
fetching the IMSI through eap_proxy.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-06 03:42:32 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
0020876514 eap_proxy: Build realm from IMSI for proxy based EAP methods
For proxy based EAP methods, the EAP identity is constructed in
eap_proxy layer from IMSI when required. Realm information from identity
is used to do ERP eventually, hence construct the realm for proxy based
methods from IMSI in core wpa_supplicant to enable the ERP use case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-06 03:41:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5e0c20ff3e nl80211: Do not notify interface as re-enabled if initialization fails
wpa_supplicant tries to reinitialize an interface when a previously
removed netdev is restored (e.g., re-insert a USB dongle). If that
initialization fails (e.g., driver ejects ifconfig UP), the previous
implementation resulted in leaving the interface in incomplete state
while still claiming to upper layers that the interface status has
changed back to functional one.

Fix this by skipping the interface status update if reinitialization
fails. In other words, remain in INTERFACE_DISABLED state if the
interface cannot be re-enabled successfully.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-06 03:07:43 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
8696e61702 eap_proxy: Add support for deriving ERP information
This commit adds support for deriving ERP key information in EAP Proxy
based EAP method implementations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-05 08:04:52 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
115d5e2221 hostapd: Fix handling a 20/40 BSS Coexistence Management frame
hostapd processes a received 20/40 BSS Coexistence management frame, but
if no separate callbacks are registered for handling Public Action
frames it eventually sends a reply with MSB of category code set to 1
thinking that the received frame is an invalid frame. This could happen
based on whether hostapd was built and enabled with functionality using
the callback functions.

Fix this by explicitly returning 1 from the function when the 20/40 BSS
Coexistence Management frame is processed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-06-05 08:04:44 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
2d18ab4082 Add a config parameter to exclude DFS channels from ACS
The new acs_exclude_dfs=1 parameter can be used to request hostapd to
exclude all DFS channels from ACS consideration. This is mainly of use
for cases where the driver supports DFS channels, but for some reason a
non-DFS channel is desired when using automatic channel selection.
Previously, the chanlist parameter could have been used for this, but
that required listing all the acceptable channels. The new parameter
allows this to be done without such a list.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-05-27 11:50:21 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
9ddba3a309 Rename vendor attribute DISABLE_OFFCHANNEL to RESTRICT_OFFCHANNEL
This commit renames the vendor attribute
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_DISABLE_OFFCHANNEL to
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_RESTRICT_OFFCHANNEL as intended by the
original commit d506c35efc ('Set Wi-Fi
Configuration attribute to restrict offchannel operations').

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-05-26 13:18:06 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
d506c35efc Set Wi-Fi Configuration attribute to restrict offchannel operations
This commit defines an attribute to
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SET_WIFI_CONFIGURATION -
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_RESTRICT_OFFCHANNEL which can be used to
restrict offchannel operations on the AP/GO interface.

The goal is to restrict any operations which would cause the AP/GO to
leave its operating channel.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-05-23 00:10:01 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
4aa329298d ERP: Do not generate ERP keys when domain name is not specified
This commit adds changes to not generate ERP information if the domain
name is not specified in the EAP identity. keyName-NAI needs the realm
part and as such, it is reasonable to require the main EAP configuration
to provide that realm.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-05-22 13:51:23 +03:00
Beniamino Galvani
290834df69 nl80211: Fix race condition in detecting MAC change
Commit 3e0272ca00 ('nl80211: Re-read MAC
address on RTM_NEWLINK') added the detection of external changes to MAC
address when the interface is brought up.

If the interface state is changed quickly enough, wpa_supplicant may
receive the netlink message for the !IFF_UP event when the interface
has already been brought up and would ignore the next netlink IFF_UP
message, missing the MAC change.

Fix this by also reloading the MAC address when a !IFF_UP event is
received with the interface up, because this implies that the
interface went down and up again, possibly changing the address.

Signed-off-by: Beniamino Galvani <bgalvani@redhat.com>
2017-05-13 20:01:44 +03:00
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan
04f667fcdd DFS: Allow switch to DFS channel after radar detection in ETSI
This is to comply with uniform spreading requirement for ETSI domain
(section 4.7.2.7 in EN 301 893 - V1.8.1). ETSI uniform spreading
requires equal probability for the usable channels. The previous channel
selection logic after a radar detection did not fully comply with the
uniform spreading requirement for the domain by ignoring DFS channels.
Consider DFS channels also during channel selection when the current DFS
domain is ETSI.

Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-05-13 20:01:44 +03:00
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan
aa56e36d66 driver: Make DFS domain information available to core
Current DFS domain information of the driver can be used in ap/dfs
to comply with DFS domain specific requirements like uniform spreading
for ETSI domain.

Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-05-13 20:01:44 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
e8e430fe7a Vendor attributes to retain connection on a roam request failure
This commit introduces the following two attributes to
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_KEY_MGMT_ROAM_AUTH events:

QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_ROAM_AUTH_STATUS - Indicates the status of
	re-association requested by user space
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_ROAM_AUTH_RETAIN_CONNECTION - Indicates whether
	the old association was maintained when a re-association
	is requested by user space and that re-association attempt
	fails (i.e., cannot connect to the requested BSS, but can
	remain associated with the BSS with which the association was
	in place when being requested to roam).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-05-12 00:39:00 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
33117656e6 Define a QCA vendor attribute to update the listen interval
This commit defines an attribute
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_LISTEN_INTERVAL which allows the currently
used listen interval to be updated using
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SET_WIFI_CONFIGURATION. This update applies
only during the association and is done without updating the AP about
the change.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-05-10 23:58:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
85cff4b0d8 OpenSSL: Try SHA256 hash for OCSP certificate matching
Previously, only SHA1 hash -based server certificate matching was used,
but the OCSP response may use SHA256 instead of SHA1, so check the match
with both hash functions, if needed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-05-09 23:36:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d264c2e390 HTTP (curl): Try SHA256 hash for OCSP certificate matching
Previously, only SHA1 hash -based server certificate matching was used,
but the OCSP response may use SHA256 instead of SHA1, so check the match
with both hash functions, if needed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-05-09 23:36:36 +03:00
Masashi Honma
31a856a127 mesh: Make NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD configurable
In some practical cases, it is useful to suppress joining to node in the
distance. The new field mesh_rssi_threshold could be used as RSSI
threshold for joining.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2017-05-08 16:23:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1f3c49d418 Fix 160 MHz opclass channel to frequency conversion
This needs to allow all 20 MHz channel numbers to be converted even
though the Annex E table lists only channel _center_ frequencies 50 and
114. Neighbor Report (see IEEE Std 802.11-2016, 9.4.2.37 Neighbor Report
element) uses Channel Number field with "last known primary channel of
the AP" which refers to the 20 MHz channel and not the channel center
frequency.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-05-07 22:08:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8fed47e013 FILS: Derive FT key hierarchy on authenticator side for FILS+FT
Derive PMK-R0 and the relevant key names when using FILS authentication
for initial FT mobility domain association.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-05-07 22:08:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7d440a3bc4 FILS: Derive FT key hierarchy on supplicant side for FILS+FT
Derive PMK-R0 and the relevant key names when using FILS authentication
for initial FT mobility domain association. Fill in the FT IEs in
(Re)Association Request frame for this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-05-07 22:08:41 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
215eaa748b FILS: Implement FILS-FT derivation
This extends fils_pmk_to_ptk() to allow FILS-FT to be derived. The
callers do not yet use that capability; i.e., actual use will be added
in separate commits.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-05-07 17:04:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
80ddf5d995 FILS: Fix Key-Auth derivation for SK+PFS for authenticator side
The conditional gSTA and gAP (DH public keys) were not previously
included in Key-Auth derivation, but they are needed for the PFS case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-05-07 17:04:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e6b6231338 FILS: Fix Key-Auth derivation for SK+PFS for supplicant side
The conditional gSTA and gAP (DH public keys) were not previously
included in Key-Auth derivation, but they are needed for the PFS case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-05-07 17:04:29 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4d0a61c501 FILS: Debug print inputs to Key-Auth derivation
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-05-07 17:04:29 +03:00
Jonas Larsson
853cfa8738 Detect endianness when building for RTEMS
This adds endianness detection and byte swap
definitions for the RTEMS RTOS.

Signed-off-by: Jonas Larsson <ljonas@google.com>
2017-05-05 00:41:12 +03:00
Vamsi Krishna
178553b709 MBO: Add support to set ignore assoc disallow to driver
Add support to set ignore assoc disallow to the driver so that the
driver ignores assoc disallowed bit set by APs while connecting. This is
used by drivers that handle BSS selection and roaming internally.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-05-05 00:26:05 +03:00
Michael Braun
3a46cf93d0 FT: Add support for wildcard R0KH/R1KH
Enable use of FT RRB without configuring each other AP locally. Instead,
broadcast messages are exchanged to discover APs within the local
network.

When an R0KH or R1KH is discovered, it is cached for one day.

When a station uses an invalid or offline r0kh_id, requests are always
broadcast. In order to avoid this, if r0kh does not reply, a temporary
blacklist entry is added to r0kh_list.

To avoid blocking a valid r0kh when a non-existing pmk_r0_name is
requested, r0kh is required to always reply using a NAK. Resend requests
a few times to ensure blacklisting does not happen due to small packet
loss.

To free newly created stations later, the r*kh_list start pointer in
conf needs to be updateable from wpa_auth_ft.c, where only wconf is
accessed.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2017-05-03 22:16:14 +03:00
Michael Braun
eefe863015 FT RRB: Add msg replay and msg delay protection
This adds a counter and adds sequence numbering to FT RRB packets. The
sequence number is checked against r0kh/r1kh sequence number cache.

Special attention is needed in case the remote AP reboots and thus loses
its state. I prefer it to recover automatically even without synchronized
clocks. Therefore an identifier called dom is generated randomly along the
initial sequence number. If the dom transmitted does not match or the
sequence number is not in the range currently expected, the sender is asked
for a fresh confirmation of its currently used sequence numbers. The packet
that triggered this is cached and processed again later.

Additionally, in order to ensure freshness, the remote AP includes an
timestamp with its messages. It is then verified that the received
messages are indeed fresh by comparing it to the older timestamps
received and the time elapsed since then. Therefore FT_RRB_TIMESTAMP is
no longer needed.

This assigns new OUI 00:13:74 vendor-specific subtype 0x0001 subtypes:
4 (SEQ_REQ) and 5 (SEQ_RESP).

This breaks backward compatibility, i.e., hostapd needs to be updated
on all APs at the same time to allow FT to remain functional.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2017-05-03 22:16:14 +03:00
Michael Braun
245fc96e5f FT: New RRB message format
Convert FT RRB into a new TLV based format. Use AES-SIV as AEAD cipher
to protect the messages.

This needs at least 32 byte long keys. These can be provided either
by a config file change or letting a KDF derive the 32 byte key used
from the 16 byte key given.

This breaks backward compatibility, i.e., hostapd needs to be updated on
all APs at the same time to allow FT to remain functional.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2017-05-03 21:55:29 +03:00
Michael Braun
50bd8e0a90 FT: Replace inter-AP protocol with use of OUI Extended Ethertype
Replace the previously used extension of IEEE 802.11 managed Ethertype
89-0d (originally added for Remote Request/Response in IEEE 802.11r)
with Ethertype 88-b7 (OUI Extended EtherType) for FT inter-AP
communication. The new design uses a more properly assigned identifier
for the messages.

This assigns the OUI 00:13:74 vendor-specific subtype 0x0001 for the new
hostapd AP-to-AP communication purposes. Subtypes 1 (PULL), 2 (RESP),
and 3 (PUSH) are also assigned in this commit for the R0KH-R1KH
protocol.

This breaks backward compatibility, i.e., hostapd needs to be updated on
all APs at the same time to allow FT to remain functional.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2017-05-03 18:30:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
01dd2b1054 ERP: Silence static analyzer warning
The check for erp->keyname_nai within eap_erp_get_key() is apparently
too difficult for some static analyzers to notice. Add an explicit check
for os_strchr() return value being non-NULL to avoid false reports.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-05-01 22:08:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d912953e37 atheros: Get rid of static analyzer warnings on 0-length memcpy
These functions can potentially be called with ie == NULL and ie_len ==
0. Check explitcitly for the ie == NULL case to avoid confusing
memcpy(dst, NULL, 0) calls.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-05-01 22:08:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f541148257 Fix GAS server ifdef block use
Commit 941caed980 ('MBO: Add MBO
ANQP-element processing on AP') changed the design by using the
rx_anqp_vendor_specific() function to process all ANQP vendor specific
elements. However, the caller for this was within ifdef CONFIG_HS20
block. Fix this by calling the function even in CONFIG_HS20=y is not
included in the build. This fixes CONFIG_MBO=y builds without
CONFIG_HS20=y.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-05-01 17:39:14 +03:00
Peng Xu
ec27b04e60 hostapd: Select a valid secondary channel if both enabled
When starting AP in HT40 mode and both HT40+ and HT40- options are
specified in hostapd.conf, select a valid secondary channel for the AP
automatically.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-29 16:35:23 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
da6a28ba60 FILS: Specify if FILS HLP was sent in connect
This adds a string "FILS_HLP_SENT" to connect event when HLP is sent
as part of ASSOC/CONNECT request.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-29 16:35:23 +03:00
Ranga Ravuri
9f894823fa PAE: Silence static analyzer warning about NULL pointer dereference
ieee802_1x_kay_move_live_peer() did not check
ieee802_1x_kay_get_potential_peer() result explicitly and a static
analyzer reported a warning about the possible NULL result. This cannot
really happen in practice since the only caller of
ieee802_1x_kay_move_live_peer() verifies that the specific peer entry is
available. Anyway, it is easy to silence the false warning by adding an
explicit check here and cover any other potential case if another caller
is added.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-24 11:38:10 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
fa61bff6ae FILS: Handle authentication/association in partial driver AP SME
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-24 01:07:39 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
5cee22ca47 FILS: Make handle_auth_fils() re-usable for driver-based AP SME
Allow this function to be called from outside ieee802_11.c and with the
final steps replaced through a callback function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-24 01:07:39 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
5e5f8c816b FILS: Move authentication response handling into a helper function
This can be reused when splitting handle_auth_fils() to support the
driver-based AP SME case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-24 01:07:36 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
b8a3453aca FILS: Pass only IE area to handle_auth_fils()
This function does not need the frame header, so pass in only the IE
area to make it easier to share this for driver-based AP SME handling.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-23 18:24:38 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
9392859d7b FILS: Move AssocResp construction to a helper function
This can be reused from driver-based AP SME callback.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-23 18:20:00 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
bd59935323 FILS: Move Key Confirm element validation to a helper function
This can be reused from driver-based AP SME callback.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-23 17:55:35 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
087631b985 FILS: Move Session element validation to a helper function
This can be reused from driver-based AP SME callback.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-23 17:47:15 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
cc20edc9f1 FILS: Add FILS auth_alg to driver-based AP SME association handling
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-23 17:47:15 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
957bff83c4 FILS: Add driver-AP SME callback to set TK after association
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-23 17:47:15 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
8acbf85fa2 FILS: Add FILS AEAD parameters for sta_auth() calls
This is used with partial AP SME in driver cases to enable FILS
association (AES-SIV) processing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-23 17:47:15 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
f46c154c59 atheros: Add FILS AAD parameters in sta_auth() handler
This is needed to allow the driver SME to perform the needed AES-SIV
operations during FILS association.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-23 17:47:15 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
6b128fb2af driver: Move sta_auth() arguments to a struct
This makes it easier to add more parameters without having to change the
callback function prototype.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-23 17:47:12 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
d7cff1d871 atheros: Enable raw management frame receive for FILS builds
This is needed to be able to process authentication and association
frames for FILS.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-21 19:37:32 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
2b7a8ec473 atheros: Read driver FILS capability
This will be used to determine what type of operations to use for STA
authentication and association.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-21 19:37:27 +03:00
Jeffin Mammen
d5444aac4c FILS: Add FILS Indication element into Beacon/Probe Response template
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-21 18:44:59 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
8befe8a993 Define a QCA attribute to specify the PCL policy for external ACS
This commit defines an attribute
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_EXTERNAL_ACS_EVENT_POLICY to signify the preferred
channel list policy for external ACS.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-20 22:49:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
183d3924cf WPS: Add option for using random UUID
If the uuid configuration parameter is not set, wpa_supplicant generates
an UUID automatically to allow WPS operations to proceed. This was
previously always using an UUID generated from the MAC address. This
commit adds an option to use a random UUID instead. The type of the
automatically generated UUID is set with the auto_uuid parameter: 0 =
based on MAC address (default; old behavior), 1 = random UUID.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-13 17:38:55 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
b44d1efd28 FILS: Fix key info in GTK rekey EAPOL-Key msg 2/2
While responding to EAPOL-Key message 1/2 with EAPOL-Key message 2/2
when using FILS AKM suites the ENCRYPTED bit is not set in key info of
2/2 which causes AP to drop 2/2. Fix this by setting the ENCRYPTED bit
since FILS AKM based connection uses AEAD encryption/decryption.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-10 16:18:11 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
04243740c9 FILS: Fix GTK rekey by accepting EAPOL-Key msg 1/2 with FILS AKM
GTK rekeying was rejected if a prior 4-way handshake is not done.
Fix this by allowing GTK rekey to happen in case of a FILS connection
since it does not involve a 4-way handshake.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-10 16:11:41 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
bbe7969d63 FILS: Update cache identifier on association
This is needed when offloading FILS shared key to the drivers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-07 18:59:12 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
f705f41b7f FILS: Update PMKSA cache with FILS shared key offload
Add a new PMKSA cache entry within wpa_supplicant if a driver event from
offloaded FILS shared key authentication indicates a new PMKSA entry was
created.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-07 18:46:13 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
5538fc9309 FILS: Track completion with FILS shared key authentication offload
Update the internal fils_completed state when offloading FILS shared key
authentication to the driver.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-07 18:46:13 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
15def72fab ERP: External control of ERP key information
This allows ERP keys to be managed by external entities, e.g., when
offloading FILS shared key authentication to a driver.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-07 18:46:13 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
42e69bda2a FILS: Add support for Cache Identifier in add/remove PMKSA
Add support for setting and deleting PMKSA cache entries based on FILS Cache
Identifer. Also additionally add support for sending PMK as part of
SET_PMKSA to enable driver to derive keys in case of FILS shared key
offload using PMKSA caching.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-07 18:46:13 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
061a3d3d53 nl80211: Add support for FILS Cache Identifier in add/remove_pmkid()
This is needed for configuring PMKSA cache entries to the driver with
the FILS Cache Identifier and SSID.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-07 17:03:37 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
6fbb54140b driver: Move add_pmkid() and remove_pmkid() arguments into a struct
This makes it easier to add more arguments to these wpa_driver_ops
functions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-07 17:03:35 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
ad295f3b85 nl80211: Add support for FILS shared key offload
Add support for FILS shared key offload for drivers which advertize
FILS shared key support using NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-07 16:21:55 +03:00
Peng Xu
16217e13d8 QCA vendor commands and attributes for spectral scan
Add new vendor commands for starting and stoppping spectral scan. Add
vendor attributes for configuring spectral scan parameters as part of
the start command.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-04-06 17:34:13 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5db997e343 FILS: Add FTE into FILS Authentication frame from AP when using FILS+FT
MDE was already added with RSNE, but FTE needed to be added to the FILS
Authentication frame for the FT initial mobility domain association
using FILS authentication case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-04-02 22:38:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
af3e362fa7 FILS: Add MDE into Authentication frame for FILS+FT
When using FILS for FT initial mobility domain association, add MDE to
the Authentication frame from the STA to indicate this special case for
FILS authentication.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-04-02 13:23:34 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5aa08153af FT: Add selection of FT+FILS AKMs
This is needed to enable use of FILS for the FT initial mobility domain
association.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-04-02 12:57:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2971da270f P2P: Do not use wait_time for SD Response TX for last fragmentation
The last SD Response frame fragment is not going to be followed by
another Action frame from the peer, so remove the 200 ms wait time from
the offchannel TX command in that case. This avoids leaving a 200 ms
lock on the radio to remain on the channel unnecessarily.

This is similar to commit 7655bd7388
('P2P: Do not use wait_time for SD Response TX without fragmentation').

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-04-01 14:25:26 +03:00
Michael Braun
c5fee1604b FT: Schedule wpa_ft_rrb_rx() through eloop in intra-process communication
With AP-AP communication, when hapd0 sends a packet, hapd1 can receive
it immediately and send a response. But hapd0 will only read and process
the response after it has returned from the sending context, that is
entered eloop again. So one does not need to consider the RX function of
the reply to run for the request sending hapd before the send calling
function has returned.

Previously, with intra-process communication, the packet is not
scheduled through eloop. Thus the RX handler of the reply might be run
while the sending context of the original request has not returned.
This might become problematic, e.g., when deferring a management frame
processing until an RRB response is received and then have the request
restarted and finished before the original request handling has been
stopped.

I'm not aware of any concrete bug this is currently triggering but came
across it while thinking of FT RRB AP-AP sequence numbering.

I think the non-eloop scheduling approach might be error-prone and thus
propose to model it more closely to the way the message would be
received from a socket. Additionally, this ensures that the tests model
AP-AP communication more closely to real world.

Solution: queue these packets through eloop.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2017-04-01 12:51:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4696773676 Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2017-03-31.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-31 13:14:20 +03:00
Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan
775e986d5f hostapd: Fix crash on consecutive channel switch failures
With multiple interface like AP and station which is already
associated to some other AP, when we try to do channel switch
for the AP mode (different from the operation channel support of
station) and if the AP channel switch fails continously (including
the fallback channel switch), results in a crash due to NULL pointer
dereference. This is because hostapd_deinit_driver() assigns the
driver context (drv_priv) to NULL as we are not able to bring up
the interface with a new channel

Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-29 15:03:16 +03:00
Zhaoyang Liu
1275958873 QCA vendor command: Add TA max duration attribute for OCB configure
Add attribute for TA max duration after last TA received. So that local
time is synchromous to other communicating OCB STAs. If the duration
expires, OCB STA without UTC time source is not in sync to other STAs
and stop scheduling DSRC channel switch after max duration.

Signed-off-by: Zhaoyang Liu <zhaoyang@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Ferry Zhou <tianguiz@codeaurora.org>
2017-03-27 17:19:38 +03:00
Zhaoyang Liu
2a9ec7c69c Define attributes for QCA vendor OCB commands
Document QCA vendor OCB commands about IEEE Std 802.11 communication
outside the context of a basic service set. Also define all attributes
for the specific OCB commands.

Signed-off-by: Zhaoyang Liu <zhaoyang@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Ferry Zhou <tianguiz@codeaurora.org>
2017-03-27 17:17:03 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
0119d44243 FILS: Fix wpa_supplicant compilation errors
This change fixes the following compilation error:

wpa.c:2465: error: undefined reference to 'crypto_ecdh_deinit'

in builds where CONFIG_ECC does not get defined.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-26 21:13:21 +03:00
Vidyullatha Kanchanapally
4cc6574d00 FILS: Fix fils_cache_id check
This fixes the following compiler warning:
wpa_auth.c:4249:34: error: address of array 'a->conf.fils_cache_id'
 will always evaluate to 'true' [-Werror,-Wpointer-bool-conversion]

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-26 21:13:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a5269dc209 wpa_helpers: Ignore link-local IPv4 address while waiting for DHCP
Do not accept a link-local IPv4 address when waiting for a valid DHCP
address. This helps with hs20-osu-client use cases where DHCP response
has not yet been received.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-26 21:13:21 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e2f00bb5ff xml: Add Value node in TNDS node conversion for empty value case
Previously, the Value node was not added if value of a node could not be
fetched. This can cause interoperability issues, so address that in the
same way as an empty length value, i.e., by adding a Value node with
zero-length contents.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-26 21:13:21 +03:00
Davide Caratti
5db86df6a8 macsec_linux: Fix NULL pointer dereference on error cases
In case wpa_supplicant is using driver_macsec_linux, but macsec module
is not (yet) loaded in the kernel, nl_socket_alloc() fails and drv->sk
is NULL. In this case, don't call libnl functions rntl_link_add() or
rtnl_link_change() using such NULL pointer, to prevent program from
getting segmentation faults like:

 Program received signal SIGSEGV, Segmentation fault.
 nl_socket_get_local_port (sk=sk@entry=0x0) at socket.c:365
 365             if (sk->s_local.nl_pid == 0) {
 (gdb) p sk
 $1 = (const struct nl_sock *) 0x0
 (gdb) bt
 #0  nl_socket_get_local_port (sk=sk@entry=0x0) at socket.c:365
 #1  0x00007ffff79c56a0 in nl_complete_msg (sk=sk@entry=0x0,
  msg=msg@entry=0x55555595a1f0) at nl.c:491
 #2  0x00007ffff79c56d1 in nl_send_auto (sk=sk@entry=0x0,
  msg=msg@entry=0x55555595a1f0) at nl.c:522
 #3  0x00007ffff79c652f in nl_send_sync (sk=sk@entry=0x0,
  msg=0x55555595a1f0) at nl.c:556
 #4  0x00007ffff755faf5 in rtnl_link_add (sk=0x0,
  link=link@entry=0x55555595b0f0, flags=flags@entry=1024) at route/link.c:1548
 #5  0x000055555567a298 in macsec_drv_create_transmit_sc (priv=0x55555593b130,
  sc=0x55555593b320, conf_offset=<optimized out>) at ../src/drivers/driver_macsec_linux.c:998

Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <davide.caratti@gmail.com>
2017-03-26 21:13:21 +03:00
Davide Caratti
e50df5d2a2 mka: Fix use-after-free when transmit secure channels are deleted
ieee802_1x_kay_deinit_transmit_sc() frees the transmit secure channel
data, but secy_delete_transmit_sc() still needs it. Since this functions
are called sequentially, secy_delete_transmit_sc() can be called from
ieee802_1x_kay_deinit_transmit_sc() before txsc is freed.

Fixes: 128f6a98b3 ("mka: Fix the order of operations in secure channel deletion")
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <davide.caratti@gmail.com>
2017-03-26 21:13:21 +03:00
Davide Caratti
529d6ed726 mka: Fix use-after-free when receive secure channels are deleted
ieee802_1x_kay_deinit_receive_sc() frees the receive secure channel data,
but secy_delete_receive_sc() still needs it. Since these two functions
are always called sequentially, secy_delete_receive_sc() can be called
from ieee802_1x_kay_deinit_receive_sc() before rxsc is freed.

Fixes: 128f6a98b3 ("mka: Fix the order of operations in secure channel deletion")
Signed-off-by: Davide Caratti <davide.caratti@gmail.com>
2017-03-26 21:13:21 +03:00
lifeng
6c2056abe5 QCA vendor attributes to extend antenna diversity functionality
1. Add new attribute to report corresponding antenna information to the
chain RSSI which is used in subcmd
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_GET_CHAIN_RSSI.

2. Add a series of attr to support the new wmi interface
WMI_PDEV_PARAM_ANT_DIV_USRCFG which export parameters setting of antenna
diversity algorithm to userspace.

Signed-off-by: Li Feng <lifeng@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-15 21:30:00 +02:00
Zhang Qian
b4ae5f04dc Add vendor attribute to config propagation delay's absolute value
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_PROPAGATION_ABS_DELAY is added to set
propagation delay's absolute value. This is a more detailed version of
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_PROPAGATION_DELAY.

Signed-off-by: Zhang Qian <zhangq@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-15 21:24:25 +02:00
Dmitry Shmidt
7f5f4e46ac Fix QCA_ATTR_NUD_STATS_IS_DAD value
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2017-03-14 21:11:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2c0ac6d613 P2P: Run full P2P_FIND scan after pending scan completes
If a P2P_FIND command is issued for running the initial full scan and
the attempt to start that full scan fails, the previous behavior was to
wait for the ongoing scan to complete and then continue p2p_find scan
iterations. However, this continued with the social channels scan
instead of the initial full scan. This could end up missing the full
scan completely.

Fix this by marking the full scan pending if the new scan cannot be
started immediately. Then start the initial full scan after the ongoing
scan completes before moving to social channel only scan iterations.
This applies both for the P2P_FIND_START_WITH_FULL (no specific
frequency set) and P2P_FIND_PROGRESSIVE cases since both of them start
with a single full scan round.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-14 20:41:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d3bb082a73 P2P: Continue scanning specified channel with P2P_FIND freq argument
This makes the "P2P_FIND freq=<MHz>" operation more robust by continuing
to include the specified frequency in the consecutive scan rounds
instead of including it only once in the first scan. In other words, the
first scan is only for the specified frequency just like the previous
behavior, but the following scans include all the social channels and
the specified frequency instead of just the previously used social
channels.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-13 12:50:50 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
76e20f4fa7 FILS: Add FILS SK auth PFS support in STA mode
This adds an option to configure wpa_supplicant to use the perfect
forward secrecy option in FILS shared key authentication. A new build
option CONFIG_FILS_SK_PFS=y can be used to include this functionality. A
new runtime network profile parameter fils_dh_group is used to enable
this by specifying which DH group to use. For example, fils_dh_group=19
would use FILS SK PFS with a 256-bit random ECP group.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-12 23:20:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1764559eef FILS: Add FILS SK auth PFS support in AP mode
This adds an option to configure hostapd to enable use of perfect
forward secrecy option in FILS shared key authentication. A new build
option CONFIG_FILS_SK_PFS=y can be used to include this functionality. A
new runtime configuration parameter fils_dh_group is used to enable this
by specifying which DH group to use. For example, fils_dh_group=19 would
allow FILS SK PFS to be used with a 256-bit random ECP group.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-12 23:20:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cad291d671 FILS: Define authentication algorithm for FILS SK auth with PFS
This is needed to add PFS support into hostapd and wpa_supplicant FILS
shared key authentication.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-12 22:39:38 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
07a5fe823e OWE: Use AKM 00-0F-AC:11 style parameters for EAPOL-Key frames
draft-harkins-owe-07.txt does not specify these parameters, so need to
pick something sensible to use for the experimental implementation. The
Suite B 128-bit level AKM 00-0F-AC:11 has reasonable parameters for the
DH group 19 case (i.e., SHA256 hash), so use it for now. This can be
updated if the OWE RFC becomes clearer on the appropriate parameters
(KEK/KCK/MIC length, PRF/KDF algorithm, and key-wrap algorithm).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-12 20:43:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ef9627cbc7 Print the algorithms used for EAPOL-Key professing in log
This makes it easier to debug crypto algorithm selection for 4-way
handshake related functions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-12 20:43:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ef23838590 Return success/failure result from sha384_prf()
This makes the function more consistent with sha256_prf().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-12 20:43:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0a6147991e OWE: Process Diffie-Hellman Parameter element in STA mode
This adds STA side addition of OWE Diffie-Hellman Parameter element into
(Re)Association Request frame and processing it in (Re)Association
Response frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-12 19:24:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
09368515d1 OWE: Process Diffie-Hellman Parameter element in AP mode
This adds AP side processing for OWE Diffie-Hellman Parameter element in
(Re)Association Request frame and adding it in (Re)Association Response
frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-12 19:24:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f9561868ec OWE: Add driver capability flag for OWE AKM
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-12 19:24:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a1ea1b4522 OWE: Define and parse OWE AKM selector
This adds a new RSN AKM "OWE".

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-12 19:24:11 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9c7aac738b OWE: Define and parse Diffie-Hellman Parameter element
Add WLAN_EID_EXT_OWE_DH_PARAM definition and extend
ieee802_11_parse_elems() to recognize this element.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-12 00:23:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e73244c240 tests: Extract-and-Expand HKDF (RFC 5869)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-11 22:40:31 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4ec833daf8 Extend hmac_sha256_kdf() to support HKDF-Expand() as defined in RFC 5869
The KDF define in RFC 5295 is very similar to HKDF-Expand() defined in
RFC 5869. Allow a NULL label to be used to select the RFC 5869 version
with arbitrary seed (info in RFC 5869) material without forcing the
label and NULL termination to be included. HKDF-Expand() will be needed
for OWE.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-11 22:40:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ae1ec1aaf2 OpenSSL: Add wrapper functions for ECDH
These allow ECDH to be used with compressed public key encoding (only
x-coordinate). This is needed for FILS PFS and OWE.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-11 22:08:48 +02:00
Avraham Stern
e044a9d1e0 common: Add candidate list parsing helper function
Add a helper function that parses candidate list from command line
arguments.

This function will be used (in the following commits) to add
a candidate list to BSS transition management query.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2017-03-11 10:36:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
34f2851902 MBO: Parse MBO ANQP-element on STA
This extends the GAS/ANQP parser in wpa_supplicant to process MBO
ANQP-elements and indicate received Cellular Data Connection Preference
values over the control interface.

When a valid MBO ANQP-element is received, the following control
interface message is sent:

RX-MBO-ANQP <BSSID> cell_conn_pref=<value>

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-10 18:57:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
941caed980 MBO: Add MBO ANQP-element processing on AP
This extends the GAS server to process MBO ANQP-elements and reply to a
query for the Cellular Data Connection Preference (if configured). The
new configuration parameter mbo_cell_data_conn_pref can be used to set
the value (0, 1, or 255) for the preference to indicate.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-10 18:33:51 +02:00
Avraham Stern
2316cb358c MBO: Add option to add MBO query list to ANQP query
MBO techspec v0.0_r27 changed the MBO ANQP-element format. The MBO
element in ANQP query should now include an MBO Query List element that
contains a list of MBO elements to query.

Add API to add the MBO Query List to an ANQP query.

Format:
ANQP_GET <addr> <info_id>[,<info_id>]...[,mbo:<subtype>...]

Example for querying neighbor report with MBO cellular data
connection preference:
ANQP_GET <bssid> 272,mbo:2

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2017-03-10 16:53:10 +02:00
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan
7cbb5f1a44 DFS: Handle pre-CAC expired event
As FCC DFS requirement does not explicitly mention about the validity of
the (pre-)CAC when channel is switched, it is safe to assume that the
pre-CAC result will not be valid once the CAC completed channel is
switched or radar detection is not active on the (CAC completed) channel
within a time period which is allowed (10 seconds - channel switch time)
as per FCC DFS requirement.

Use the new driver event to allow the driver to notify expiry of the CAC
result on a channel. Move the DFS state of the channel to 'usable' when
processing pre-CAC expired event.  This means any future operation on
that channel will require a new CAC to be completed. This event is
applicable only when DFS is not offloaded to the kernel driver.

Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-09 17:01:50 +02:00
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan
62c8c7f721 nl80211: Handle pre-CAC expired event from the driver
Process the new nl80211 event NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED to allow the
driver to notify expiry of the CAC result on a channel.

Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-09 17:01:36 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
caaaee072b Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2017-03-06.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-09 16:59:42 +02:00
Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan
3dcd735c1e DFS: Handle CAC completion event from other radio
When DFS channel state is shared across multiple radios on the system it
is possible that a CAC completion event is propagated from other radio
to us. When in enabled state, do not proceed with setup completion upon
processing CAC completion event with devices where DFS is not offloaded,
when in state other than enabled make sure the configured DFS channel is
in available state before start the AP.

Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qti.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-09 16:46:30 +02:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
d0330d57f3 nl80211: Add option to delay start of schedule scan plans
The userspace may want to delay the the first scheduled scan.
This enhances sched_scan to add initial delay (in seconds) before
starting first scan cycle. The driver may optionally choose to
ignore this parameter and start immediately (or at any other time).

This uses NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY to add this via user
global configurable option: sched_scan_start_delay.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-09 15:44:26 +02:00
Johannes Berg
a1f11e34c4 Use os_memdup()
This leads to cleaner code overall, and also reduces the size
of the hostapd and wpa_supplicant binaries (in hwsim test build
on x86_64) by about 2.5 and 3.5KiB respectively.

The mechanical conversions all over the code were done with
the following spatch:

    @@
    expression SIZE, SRC;
    expression a;
    @@
    -a = os_malloc(SIZE);
    +a = os_memdup(SRC, SIZE);
    <...
    if (!a) {...}
    ...>
    -os_memcpy(a, SRC, SIZE);

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-03-07 13:19:10 +02:00
Johannes Berg
dbdda355d0 Introduce os_memdup()
This can be used to clean the code and reduce size by converting
os_malloc() followed by os_memcpy() cases to use a single function call.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-03-07 13:18:49 +02:00
Kanchanapally, Vidyullatha
3ab484928a nl80211: Driver command for checking BTM accept/reject
Add driver interface command using the QCA vendor extensions to check
the driverr whether to accept or reject a BSS transition candidate. For
the reject case, report an MBO reject reason code.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-07 00:20:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b9fd3c244e tests: Add TEST_FAIL() to radius_msg_add_attr()
This makes it easier to test error paths for RADIUS message
construction.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-05 16:37:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
de01f254a6 RADIUS server: Fix error paths in new session creation
radius_server_session_free() does not remove the session from the
session list and these radius_server_get_new_session() error paths ended
up leaving a pointer to freed memory into the session list. This
resulted in the following operations failing due to use of freed memory.

Fix this by using radius_server_session_remove() which removes the entry
from the list in addition to calling radius_server_session_free().

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-05 16:18:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4c803dfcd7 ACS: Fix memory leak if interface is disabled during scan
The survey data was not freed if hostapd interface got disabled during
an ACS scan.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-04 17:30:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
29be2c090e ACS: Simplify code paths
This removes some unnecessarily duplicated return paths and simplifies
code paths.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-04 17:30:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fa07d2d463 tests: Add TEST_FAIL() checks in l2_packet
This enables additional test coverage for error paths.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-04 11:43:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d4359923e1 Fix DHCP/NDISC snoop deinit followed by failing re-init
It was possible to hit a double-free on the l2_packet socket if
initialization of DHCP/NDISC snoop failed on a hostapd interface that
had previously had those enabled successfully. Fix this by clearing the
l2_packet pointers during deinit.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-03-04 11:42:15 +02:00
Alexei Avshalom Lazar
160dca0784 Add QCA vendor command/attr for BRP antenna limit control
Add QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_BRP_SET_ANT_LIMIT for setting the number
of antennas that will be active in different modes for each connection.

Signed-off-by: Alexei Avshalom Lazar <qca_ailizaro@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-02 15:05:46 +02:00
Amarnath Hullur Subramanyam
e9518ae749 WFD: Add WFD R2 Subelements
Define and add support for WFD R2 Subelements.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-01 11:59:57 +02:00
Gaole Zhang
21ac782797 QCA nl80211 vendor attribute for specific sub-20 MHz channel width
Define a new attribute QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_SUB20_CHAN_WIDTH.
This attribute can set a station device to work in 5 or 10 MHz channel
width while in disconnect state.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-01 11:55:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ff936bc753 Make the third octet of Country String configurable
The new hostapd.conf parameter country3 can now be used to configure the
third octet of the Country String that was previously hardcoded to ' '
(= 0x20).

For example:

All environments of the current frequency band and country (default)
country3=0x20

Outdoor environment only
country3=0x4f

Indoor environment only
country3=0x49

Noncountry entity (country_code=XX)
country3=0x58

IEEE 802.11 standard Annex E table indication: 0x01 .. 0x1f
Annex E, Table E-4 (Global operating classes)
country3=0x04

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-03-01 10:58:15 +02:00
Johannes Berg
5118319831 trace: Look up start to cope with ASLR
When ASLR is enabled, like it is by default on many distros now,
the trace code doesn't work right.

Fix this by looking up the start of the executable mapping and
subtracing it from all the lookups.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
2017-02-28 11:37:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
206516e8c2 af_alg: Crypto wrappers for Linux kernel crypto (AF_ALG)
CONFIG_TLS=linux can now be used to select the crypto implementation
that uses the user space socket interface (AF_ALG) for the Linux kernel
crypto implementation. This commit includes some of the cipher, hash,
and HMAC functions. The functions that are not available through AF_ALG
(e.g., the actual TLS implementation) use the internal implementation
(CONFIG_TLS=internal).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-02-28 11:24:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b41d3e0a75 crypto: Process des_encrypt() error returns in callers
This updates all the des_encrypt() callers to handle error cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-02-28 11:24:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5f0e165e80 crypto: Add return value to DES and AES encrypt/decrypt
These operations may fail with some crypto wrappers, so allow the
functions to report their results to the caller.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-02-28 11:23:54 +02:00
Peng Xu
5b9f46df0e hostapd: Get channel number from frequency based on other modes as well
When getting the channel number from a frequency, all supported modes
should be checked rather than just the current mode. This is needed when
hostapd switches to a channel in different band.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-26 12:24:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4c8836f139 FILS: Fix fils_hlp.c build with older netinet/udp.h definitions
The __FAVOR_BSD macro was previously used in netinet/udp.h to select
between two different names of the variables in struct udphdr. Define
that to force the versions with the uh_ prefix. In addition, use the
same style consistently within fils_hlp.c.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-26 12:18:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
57a2aacabf Add option to disable broadcast deauth in hostapd on AP start/stop
The new broadcast_deauth parameter can be used to disable sending of the
Deauthentication frame whenever AP is started or stopped. The default
behavior remains identical to the past behavior (broadcast_deauth=1).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-26 12:05:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
21ed24f5ad hostapd: Fix potential mesh-related change from impacting non-mesh cases
Commit 01e2231fdc ('hostapd: Skip some
configuration steps for mesh cases') removed some operations based on
hapd->iface->mconf being NULL. This was within #ifdef CONFIG_MESH, so it
should not impact hostapd, but it can impact AP mode with
wpa_supplicant. That does not sound intentional, so make these
conditional on hapd->conf->mesh being enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-26 12:05:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
869af30728 FILS: Use FILS Cache Identifier to extend PMKSA applicability
This allows PMKSA cache entries for FILS-enabled BSSs to be shared
within an ESS when the BSSs advertise the same FILS Cache Identifier
value.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-26 12:05:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ba9774bd76 FILS: Fix BSSID in reassociation case
The RSN supplicant implementation needs to be updated to use the new
BSSID whenever doing FILS authentication. Previously, this was only done
when notifying association and that was too late for the case of
reassociation. Fix this by providing the new BSSID when calling
fils_process_auth(). This makes PTK derivation use the correct BSSID.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-21 12:26:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7eace3787c FILS: Find PMKSA cache entries on AP based on FILS Cache Identifier
This allows PMKSA cache entries to be shared between all the BSSs
operated by the same hostapd process when those BSSs use the same FILS
Cache Identifier value.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-21 12:18:58 +02:00
Badrish Adiga H R
128f6a98b3 mka: Fix the order of operations in secure channel deletion
The correct order of deleting a secure channel is to purge all the
secure associations in the channel before actually deleting the secure
channel.

Signed-off-by: Badrish Adiga H R <badrish.adigahr@gmail.com>
2017-02-20 22:15:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
21fda4ee72 RSN: Fix pre-authentication EAPOL-Start startPeriod configuration
The RSN pre-authentication case ended up ignoring the initial
startPeriod value and delayed EAPOL-Start message by two seconds. Fix
this by forcing the first EAPOL-Start message to be sent when running
pre-authentication.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-20 12:48:04 +02:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
3f23260da8 nl80211: Notify reason for connection timeout failure
This adds reason for timeout in event CTRL-EVENT-ASSOC-REJECT whenever
connection failure happens because of timeout. This extends the
"timeout" parameter in the event to include the reason, if available:
timeout=scan, timeout=auth, timeout=assoc.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-20 10:47:08 +02:00
Peng Xu
ca1ab9db2a hostapd: Get vendor HE capabilities
Allow hostapd query device HE capabilities via vendor command.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-19 17:39:33 +02:00
Peng Xu
7785c70bbb QCA vendor command for fetching HE capabilities
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-19 17:39:30 +02:00
Peng Xu
d512f406fc hostapd: Add IEEE 802.11ax HE IEs into Beacon/Probe Response frames
IEEE 802.11ax HE changes to include HE IEs in Beacon and Probe Response
frames. These elements are using vendor specific forms for now since the
IEEE 802.11ax draft is not yet finalized and the element contents is
subject to change.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-19 17:37:55 +02:00
Peng Xu
94380cb40a hostapd: Initial IEEE 802.11ax (HE) definitions
Add IEEE 802.11ax definitions for config, IEEE structures, and
constants. These are still subject to change in the IEEE process.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-19 17:37:52 +02:00
Masashi Honma
5972dc73c1 mesh: Use correct rate in VHT and HT mixed environment
Let mesh STA A be a STA which has config disable_ht=0 and disable_vht=1.
Let mesh STA B be a STA which has config disable_ht=0 and disable_vht=0.
The mesh STA A and B was connected.

Previously, the mesh STA A sent frame with VHT rate even though its VHT
was disabled. This commit fixes the issue by checking the local BSS VHT
configuration.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2017-02-19 16:01:17 +02:00
Masashi Honma
84ea61cffe mesh: Use correct rate in HT and legacy mixed environment
Let mesh STA A be a STA which has config disable_ht=1.
Let mesh STA B be a STA which has config disable_ht=0.
The mesh STA A and B was connected.

Previously, the mesh STA A sent frame with HT rate even though its HT
was disabled. This commit fixes the issue by checking the local BSS HT
configuration.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2017-02-19 16:01:17 +02:00
Masashi Honma
a7a638c2c4 hw_features: Move VHT capabilities checks to common
This allows the previous AP-specific functions to be use for IBSS/mesh
setup in wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2017-02-19 15:53:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e01cf2afc9 Define eapol_sm_get_eap_proxy_imsi() only with CONFIG_EAP_PROXY=y
This function is called only from locations within ifdef
CONFIG_EAP_PROXY, so there is no need to try to cover the not-defined
case here and the function can simply be removed completely if
CONFIG_EAP_PROXY=y is not used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-02-19 12:28:33 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a8e25deeb8 FT: Merge similar error paths to use common steps
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-02-19 12:23:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ecbdc1a1fc Mark RSN msg 1/2 key data debug dump as key material
This debug print can include GTK and IGTK, so use wpa_hexdump_key()
instead of wpa_hexdump() for it to avoid undesired exposure of keys in
debug log.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-18 21:39:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
834c5d6816 FILS: Fix PMK length for initial connection with FILS SHA384 AKM
While the FILS authentication cases were already using the proper PMK
length (48 octets instead of the old hardcoded 32 octet), the initial
association case had not yet been updated to cover the new FILS SHA384
AKM and ended up using only a 32-octet PMK. Fix that to use 48-octet PMK
when using FILS SHA384 AKM.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-16 22:15:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e491389ebc FILS: Fix ifdef for PTK derivation with SHA384-based AKM
sha384_prf() is used both with Suite B and FILS, so add CONFIG_FILS as
another alternative to building in this functionality.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-16 22:15:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2e555f9cb0 tests: Add HMAC-SHA256 and HMAC-SHA384 test vectors from RFC 4231
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-16 22:15:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
62944f7d2c Add HMAC-SHA384 with internal crypto
This is a copy of the internal HMAC-SHA256 implementation with the hash
block size and output length updated to match SHA384 parameters.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-02-16 22:15:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aeecd4eaec OpenSSL: Fix hmac_sha384_vector() implementation
The output length was incorrect (32 from the copy-pasted SHA256
version). Fix this to return the correct number of octets (48) for
SHA384. This fixes incorrect key derivation in FILS when using the
SHA384-based AKM.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-16 20:59:06 +02:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
5db32adc99 browser-wpadebug: Send HTTP response with HTTP/1.1 header
HTTP response was previously sent as a plaintext without the HTTP header
on port 12345. By default Android webview/Chrome assumes plaintext as
HTTP/0.9 data. Android webview/Chrome has removed support of HTTP/0.9
request/response on non-standard ports, i.e., other than port 80. This
results in error while opening URL 'http://localhost:12345/'.

Fix this by prefixing the HTTP response with the HTTP/1.1 header.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-16 13:35:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
79329ae0aa P2P: Verify local driver preferred frequencies for P2P use cases
Previously the peer operating channel preference was accepted if the
indicated frequency was listed in the local preference list from the
driver. This was assuming that the driver included only channels that
are currently enabled for GO operation. Since that might not be the
case, filter the local preference list by doing an explicit validation
of the indicated channels for P2P support.

This moves the similar validation steps from two other code paths in
p2p_check_pref_chan_recv() and p2p_check_pref_chan_no_recv() into a
common filtering step in p2p_check_pref_chan() for all three cases.

This avoids issues to start the GO in cases where the preferred
frequency list from the driver may include channels that are not
currently enabled for P2P GO use (e.g., 5 GHz band in world roaming
configuration).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-16 12:40:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3a7819f0ad P2P: Add P2P_SET override_pref_op_chan to allow overriding preference
This new P2P_SET parameter uses <op_class>:<channel> format and is used
mainly for testing purposes to allow overriding the value of the GO
Negotiation Response frame Operating Channel attribute.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-16 12:08:22 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
364c064a41 FT: Check key derivation results explicitly in AP operations
Previously, any potential (even if very unlikely) local operation error
was ignored. Now these will result in aborting the negotiation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-14 16:33:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f229f2c67d tests: Add TEST_FAIL() to OpenSSL aes_wrap() and aes_unwrap()
This makes it easier to add more testing coverage for error paths.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-14 10:53:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
885bbd4de3 WNM: Remove unused code from BSS TM Req generation
The url argument to ieee802_11_send_bss_trans_mgmt_request() was
hardcoded to NULL in the only caller, so this code cannot be reached.
wnm_send_bss_tm_req() construct the same frame with more generic
parameters, including option for including the URL, so
ieee802_11_send_bss_trans_mgmt_request() can be simplified.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-02-12 17:44:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e7ddd86a98 WNM: Use a common error path in ieee802_11_send_wnmsleep_resp()
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-02-12 17:44:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d6d5970e23 WNM: Fix WNM-Sleep Mode Request parsing for WNM-Sleep element
The length of the WNM-Sleep element was not verified before using it.
This could result in reading the subfields in this element (total of
four octets) beyond the end of the buffer. Fix this by ignoring the
element if it is not long enough to contain all the subfields.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-02-12 17:44:56 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8492cc79c0 PeerKey: Remove dead code related to STSL negotiation state
The struct wpa_stsl_negotiation seemed to have been for some kind of
tracking of state of PeerKey negotiations within hostapd. However,
nothing is actually adding any entries to wpa_auth->stsl_negotiations or
using this state. Since PeerKey does not look like something that would
be deployed in practice, there is no justification to spend time on
making this any more complete. Remove the dead code now instead of
trying to figure out what it might be used for.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-02-12 11:15:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0d60567030 WMM: Fix estimated medium time calculation for some corner cases
It was possible for the int medium_time variable to overflow, so use a
64-bit unsigned integer to get a large enough value for the
multiplication.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-02-11 12:12:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ae26d30213 Fix "IEEE 802.11: Ignored Action frame" debug message
The arguments to printf were in incorrect order which resulted in
incorrect STA address in the debug message.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-02-11 12:08:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4ead4c7ecd WMM: Remove obsolete TODO comments
These are more about kernel behavior than anything that hostapd would
implement.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-02-11 10:29:18 +02:00
vamsi krishna
20c846d9ee nl80211: sched_scan relative RSSI parameters
Add driver interface support to set sched_scan relative RSSI parameters
and to indicate driver support for this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-10 19:48:12 +02:00
Badrish Adiga H R
37e9f511eb mka: Send MKPDUs forever if mode is PSK
Issue: When 2 peers are running MACsec in PSK mode with CA
established, if the interface goes down and comes up after
time > 10 seconds, CA does not get re-established.

Root cause: This is because retry_count of both the peers
would have reached MAX_RETRY_CNT and stays idle for other to
respond. This is clear deadlock situation where peer A waits
for MKA packets from peer B to wake up and vice-versa.

Fix: If MACsec is running in PSK mode, we should send MKPDUs
forever for every 2 seconds.

Signed-off-by: Badrish Adiga H R <badrish.adigahr@gmail.com>
2017-02-10 19:48:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
76aa318381 EAP: Call deinit_for_reauth() for Phase 2 EAP methods
EAP-TTLS/PEAP/FAST were previously doing this for init_for_reauth(), but
not for deinit_for_reauth(). Add the deinit_for_reauth() call as well to
cover cases like EAP-AKA cleaup of AT_CHECKCODE data.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-10 19:48:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
02156b98b7 EAP-AKA: Don't use anonymous identity in phase2
This adds the same changes to EAP-AKA that were previous done for
EAP-SIM to allow functionality within an EAP-TTLS/PEAP/FAST tunnel
without causing issues to the phase 1 identity string.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-10 19:48:12 +02:00
Paul Stewart
9e2afe10e6 EAP-SIM: Don't use anonymous identity in phase2
The "anonymous_identity" configuration field has more than one
semantic meaning. For tunneled EAP methods, this refers to the
outer EAP identity. For EAP-SIM, this refers to the pseudonym
identity. Also, interestingly, EAP-SIM can overwrite the
"anonymous_identity" field if one is provided to it by the
authenticator.

When EAP-SIM is tunneled within an outer method, it makes sense
to only use this value for the outer method, since it's unlikely
that this will also be valid as an identity for the inner EAP-SIM
method. Also, presumably since the outer method protects the
EAP-SIM transaction, there is no need for a pseudonym in this
usage.

Similarly, if EAP-SIM is being used as an inner method, it must
not push the pseudonym identity using eap_set_anon_id() since it
could overwrite the identity for the outer EAP method.

Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
2017-02-10 19:48:12 +02:00
Paul Stewart
ed9b1c16d5 EAP peer: Cache decrypted requests for EAP-SIM/AKA/AKA'
Add an internal flag which indicates to tunneled EAP methods (FAST,
PEAP, TTLS) that they should cache decrypted EAP-SIM/AKA/AKA' requests.
This allows EAP-SIM/AKA/AKA' to be tunneled within these outer methods
while using an external SIM authenticator over the control interface.

Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
2017-02-10 19:48:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
401243b73e RRM: Fix range request overriding
This was supposed to cancel the existing eloop timeout instead of
registering another one.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-09 13:26:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fb81c0a3d1 RRM: Merge similar error returns to a single one
There is no need to maintain different return paths for STA being
completely not present and not authorized, so merge these into a single
case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-09 13:26:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
13b30052d9 RRM: Fix Range Request max age parsing
This 16-bit field uses little endian encoding and it must be read with
WPA_GET_LE16() instead of assuming host byte order is little endian. In
addition, this could be misaligned, so using a u16 pointer here was not
appropriate.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-09 13:26:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bd6ec7f7ca Fix MAC ACL query freeing on deinit
hapd->acl_cache and hapd->acl_queries were not reset back to NULL in
hostapd_acl_deinit() when cached results and pending ACL queries were
freed. This left stale pointers to freed memory in hapd. While this was
normally followed by freeing of the hapd data, it is possible to re-use
that hapd when disabling and re-enabling an interface. That sequence
could result in use of freed memory if done while there were cached
results or pending ACL operations with a RADIUS server (especially, if
that server did not reply).

Fix this by setting hapd->acl_queries to NULL when the pending entries
are freed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-08 23:48:19 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0d6dc6830c FILS: Clean up HLP resize check
The "!wpabuf_resize(...) == 0" condition does not make any sense. It
happens to work, but this is really supposed to simple check with
wpabuf_resize() returns non-zero and "wpabuf_resize(...)" is the
cleanest way of doing so.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-07 20:50:33 +02:00
Vamsi Krishna
8331c9b316 nl80211: Add support for mgmt_tx with random TA
This adds support for specifying a random TA for management frame
transmission commands and driver capability flags for indicating whether
this is supported in not-connected and connected states.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-07 19:35:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
14fa723a9c Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2017-01-13.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-02-07 18:55:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
65ab7eb1fa GAS: Fix OSU Providers List response with invalid configuration
If the OSU Providers configuration was invalid (included osu_server_uri
but not osu_method_list), it was possible for the GAS response
generation to hit a NULL dereference. Fix this by checking for the
invalid configuration before trying to fill in the OSU methods.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-07 17:47:58 +02:00
Günther Kelleter
4bb9b674c8 Add a log message when GTK rekeying failed
It can happen if the station is unreachable or sleeping longer than
the actual total GTK rekey timeout. To fix the latter case
wpa_group_update_count may be increased.

Signed-off-by: Günther Kelleter <guenther.kelleter@devolo.de>
2017-02-07 00:25:36 +02:00
Günther Kelleter
41f140d386 Add hostapd options wpa_group_update_count and wpa_pairwise_update_count
wpa_group_update_count and wpa_pairwise_update_count can now be used to
set the GTK and PTK rekey retry limits (dot11RSNAConfigGroupUpdateCount
and dot11RSNAConfigPairwiseUpdateCount). Defaults set to current
hardcoded value (4).

Some stations may suffer from frequent deauthentications due to GTK
rekey failures: EAPOL 1/2 frame is not answered during the total timeout
period of currently ~3.5 seconds. For example, a Galaxy S6 with Android
6.0.1 appears to go into power save mode for up to 5 seconds. Increasing
wpa_group_update_count to 6 fixed this issue.

Signed-off-by: Günther Kelleter <guenther.kelleter@devolo.de>
2017-02-07 00:25:36 +02:00
Badrish Adiga H R
e54691106b mka: Some bug fixes for MACsec in PSK mode
Issue:
------
The test setup has 2 peers running MACsec in PSK mode, Peer A with
MAC address higher than MAC Address of peer B. Test sequence is
1. Peer B starts with actor_priority 255
2. Peer A starts with priority 16, becomes key server.
3. Peer A stops..
4. Peer A restarts with priority 255, but because of the stale values
participant->is_key_server(=TRUE) and participant->is_elected(=TRUE)
it continues to remain as Key Server.
5. For peer B, key server election happens and since it has lower MAC
address as compared to MAC address of A, it becomes the key server.
Now we have 2 key servers in CA and is not correct.

Root-cause & fix:
-----------------
When number of live peers become 0, the flags such lrx, ltx, orx,
otx, etc. need to be cleared. In MACsec PSK mode, these stale values
create problems while re-establishing CA.

Signed-off-by: Badrish Adiga H R <badrish.adigahr@gmail.com>
2017-02-06 21:02:53 +02:00
Badrish Adiga H R
7faf403f9f mka: Fix an incorrect update of participant->to_use_sak
API ieee802_1x_mka_decode_dist_sak_body() wrongly puts
participant->to_use_sak to TRUE, if Distributed SAK Parameter Set of
length 0 is received. In MACsec PSK mode, this stale incorrect value can
create problems while re-establishing CA. In MACsec PSK mode, CA goes
down if interface goes down and ideally we should be able to
re-establish the CA once interface comes up.

Signed-off-by: Badrish Adiga H R <badrish.adigahr@gmail.com>
2017-02-06 20:37:58 +02:00
Eduardo Abinader
276e936548 hw_features: Clean center freq for falling back HT40 channels
Some channels fail to be set, when falling back to 20 MHz, due to
remaining VHT info of center freq. As we are going to 20 MHz, reset the
VHT center frequency segment information as well.

Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardoabinader@gmail.com>
2017-02-06 19:26:07 +02:00
Dedy Lansky
89fa633afb nl80211: Fix error while enabling AP mode with driver-SME
Following commit a70cd0db87 ('Don't
register for Beacon frames for IEEE 802.11ad AP'),
nl80211_get_wiphy_data_ap() is unconditionally called when starting AP.
This function tries to register for Beacon frames RX which fails for
some driver which don't support such registration and do not need it in
case the driver implements AP mode SME functionality.

Fix this by conditionally calling nl80211_get_wiphy_data_ap() like prior
to commit a70cd0db87.

Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <qca_dlansky@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-05 20:48:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
84bb12aa6d FILS: Fix send_assoc_resp() HLP extension to cover sta == NULL
Commit 91d91abf6f ('FILS: DHCP relay for
HLP requests') added steps that are conditional on sta->fils_hlp_resp
being non-NULL. One of these cases within send_assoc_resp() was properly
protected from sta == NULL error case (that is now possible after a
recent DMG change), but the first one was not. A DMG error case in a
CONFIG_FILS=y build could have hit a NULL pointer dereference here. Fix
this by verifying sta != NULL more consistently.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-02-05 16:40:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
275cc94280 FILS: Stop processing if fils_rmsk_to_pmk() fails
While the key derivation steps are not expected to fail, this was
already done on the AP side, so do the same in the STA side.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-02-05 14:38:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
caab23f192 Set EAPOL-Key Key Length field to 0 for group message 1/2 in RSN
P802.11i/D3.0 described the Key Length as having value 16 for the group
key handshake. However, this was changed to 0 in the published IEEE Std
802.11i-2004 amendment (and still remains 0 in the current standard IEEE
Std 802.11-2016). We need to maintain the non-zero value for WPA (v1)
cases, but the RSN case can be changed to 0 to be closer to the current
standard.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-02-05 13:52:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b0fb2be77a Do not send GNonce in EAPOL-Key group message 1/2
While the IEEE Std 802.11-2016 is still indicating that GNonce would be
exchanged in EAPOL-Key messages (see, e.g., Figure 12-52 showing the
Send EAPOL-Key operation in the REKEYNEGOTIATING state or the sample
group key handshake in Figure 12-47), there are also examples of
describing this field as having value zero (e.g., 12.7.7.2 Group key
handshake message 1).

GNonce is used only with the Authenticator and the Supplicant does not
have any use for it, so it is better not to expose that internal value.
Hardcode the Key Nonce field to 0 in EAPOL-Key group message 1/2.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-02-05 13:39:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3bbc470502 Fix EAPOL-Key Install bit in Group Key 1/2 with FT and FILS auth
sm->Pair needs to be initialized to TRUE since unicast cipher is
supported and this is an ESS. However, the normal place for setting this
(WPA_PTK::INITIALIZE) is skipped with using FT protocol or FILS
authentication, so need to do that separately when forcing PTKINITDONE.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-02-05 13:28:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
db5e53cb06 mesh: Fix struct hostapd_data initialization
The local custom version of allocating and initializing struct
hostapd_data within wpa_supplicant_mesh_init() is problematic. This has
already missed couple of initialization steps that are required. Instead
of trying to remember to keep this up to date, use
hostapd_alloc_bss_data() so that there is only one place for this
initialization.

This is fixing a recent issue where FILS HLP started using
hapd->dhcp_server and expected that to be initialized to -1. For the
mesh case, that did not happen and when removing the interface, the FILS
HLP implementation ended up unregistering eloop socket for
hapd->dhcp_server (= 0). This could result in missing socket callbacks
for an arbitrary socket.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-02-04 22:17:54 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4d6e79f867 Use defines in hostapd_set_freq_params()
Use the defines for vht_oper_chwidth values more consistently in
hostapd_set_freq_params() to make this more readable.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-02-04 20:50:16 +02:00
Liu Li
0217b8d874 eloop: Fix comments mismatch eloop_event/timeout_handler definitions
Signed-off-by: Liu Li <lli_njupt@163.com>
2017-02-04 20:41:12 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
09a97eb27e Update the copyright notice years for QCA vendor definitions
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-04 17:05:30 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
841e9a8c73 QCA vendor command to set the trace levels for the specific QCA module
This commit introduces the vendor command to set the trace level
for the respective QCA host driver module.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-04 17:05:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d77f330418 FILS: Fix AES-SIV AAD for (Re)Association Request frame decryption
The hostapd processing of the AES-SIV AAD was incorrect. The design for
the AAD changed between P802.11ai/D7.0 and D8.0 from a single vector
with concatenated data to separate vectors. The change in the
implementation had missed the change in the aes_siv_decrypt() call for
the num_elem parameter. This happened to work with the mac80211
implementation due to a similar error there.

Fix this by using the correct numbers of vectors in the SIV AAD so that
all the vectors get checked. The last vector was also 14 octets too long
due to incorrect starting pointer, so fix that as well. The changes here
are not backwards compatible, i.e., a similar fix in the Linux mac80211
is needed to make things interoperate again.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-04 13:09:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7a6c3de23a ERP: Use macro for EMSKname length instead of hardcoded integer value
While RFC 5295 uses "8" as the value to use in the length field in KDF
context when deriving EMSKname, it is clearer to use the macro defining
EMSKname as the value since the KDF design in RFC 5295 encodes the
length of the derived data in octets in that part of the context data.
This change is just making the implementation easier to understand while
not actually changing the behavior.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-03 15:35:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bb3ea71a23 ERP: Fix rIK derivation
Unlike the EMSKname and rRK derivations, rIK derivation is actually
using the "optional data" component in the context data (see RFC 5295).
RFC 6696 defines that optional data to be the cryptosuite field for rIK.
This was missing from the previous implementation and that resulted in
incorrect rIK being derived.

In addition, the rIK Label string does not actually include the "EAP "
prefix in the way as the rRK Label in RFC 6696 does. This would also
have resulted in incorrect rIK value.

Fix rIK derivation by adding the cryptosuite value into the KDF context
data and fixing the label string. This change is not backwards
compatible and breaks all ERP use cases (including FILS shared key
authentication) with older (broken) and new (fixed)
hostapd/wpa_supplicant builds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-03 15:34:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
124ddfa19e FILS: Parse and report received FILS HLP Containers from response
The new FILS-HLP-RX control interface event is now used to report
received FILS HLP responses from (Re)Association Response frame as a
response to the HLP requests configured with FILS_HLP_REQ_ADD.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-01 18:17:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
91d91abf6f FILS: DHCP relay for HLP requests
The new dhcp_server configuration parameter can now be used to configure
hostapd to act as a DHCP relay for DHCPDISCOVER messages received as
FILS HLP requests. The dhcp_rapid_commit_proxy=1 parameter can be used
to configure hostapd to convert 4 message DHCP exchange into a 2 message
exchange in case the DHCP server does not support DHCP rapid commit
option.

The fils_hlp_wait_time parameter can be used to set the time hostapd
waits for an HLP response. This matches the dot11HLPWaitTime in IEEE Std
802.11ai-2016.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-02-01 18:17:39 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
54b04d6f39 FILS: Move HLP request handling into a separate file
This is independent functionality from the core IEEE 802.11 management
handling and will increase significantly in size, so it is cleaner to
maintain this in a separate source code file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-31 17:46:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5a9d504938 ProxyARP: Use more robust DHCP option parsing
Do not depend on undefined behavior with pointer arithmetic when
checking whether there is sufficient room for an option.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-31 17:46:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e64c13febb Move DHCP definitions into a common file
These can be reused for other purposes than just the DHCP snoofing for
Proxy ARP. In addition, use more complete definition of the parameters
based on the current IANA registry.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-31 17:46:11 +02:00
Kanchanapally, Vidyullatha
70407ee5c3 Add QCA vendor definitions for BSS transition status
Introduce definitions for QCA vendor specific subcommands and attributes
for fetching BSS transition status.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-30 22:31:46 +02:00
Dedy Lansky
53d171440f AP: Check ACL upon association request for 802.11ad
With device_ap_sme disabled, ACL was checked upon authentication
request. In 802.11ad there is no authentication phase so need to check
ACL upon association.

Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <qca_dlansky@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-30 22:22:40 +02:00
Daniel Kim
4cc61c3866 GAS: Set temporary session timeout bigger than gas_comeback_delay
Previously, the temporary STA session timeout was set to 5 seconds. If
gas_comeback_delay is configured to be longer than 5 seconds, GAS
Comeback Response frame can't include queried information as all pending
data has already been cleared due to session timeout. This commit
resolves the issue by setting session timeout to be larger than
gas_comeback_delay.

Signed-off-by: Daniel Kim <kimdan@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-30 13:25:48 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
a9491695b3 QCA vendor command to set/get NUD statistics
This commit introduces QCA vendor commands and the corresponding
attributes to set/get NUD (Network Unreachability Detection) statistics.
The set NUD statistics configures the requisite parameters to the host
driver and thereby triggers the start/stop of collection of statistics.
The get stats fetches the statistics collected in the host driver.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-30 01:54:30 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
f593b6c11d nl80211: Do not reset vendor_scan_cookie after scan timeout
If vendor_scan_cookie is set to 0 after the scan_abort due to the scan
timeout ends in a cookie mismatch when processing the following
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SCAN_DONE indication. This ends up considering
the scan results as being for an external scan and thus the current
ongoing scan is not removed from the radio_work. Hence, do not reset
this vendor_scan_cookie after the scan abort so that the scan completion
event gets processed properly and vendor_scan_cookie gets cleared at
that point.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-30 01:54:30 +02:00
Paul Stewart
6d08f23f0a OpenSSL/BoringSSL: Read certificate chain from client_cert on Android
If the keychain holds additional certificates other than the end
certificate, read them into the certificate chain.

Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
2017-01-30 01:54:30 +02:00
Wojciech Dubowik
cc3dae85bd hostapd: Add possibility to send debug messages to syslog
We can only send module specific messages to syslog and not debug
messages printed with wpa_printf. Add an extra command line parameter
'-s' to allow it. The feature is enabled with compile flag
CONFIG_DEBUG_SYSLOG as for wpa_supplicant and behaves in the same manner
as the wpa_supplicant -s command line argument.

Signed-off-by: Wojciech Dubowik <Wojciech.Dubowik@neratec.com>
2017-01-30 00:57:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
968dce9b13 FST: Silence compiler warning on WPA_ASSERT
This was triggering a sign-compare warning.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-01-29 18:45:29 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
17e20b1e2b FST: Remove a bogus WPA_ASSERT()
own_addr is not defined here, so no idea what this WPA_ASSERT() was
trying to check.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-01-29 18:44:36 +02:00
Johannes Berg
cef8fac04b wpa_auth: Make struct wpa_auth_callbacks const
Instead of copying the struct wpa_auth_callbacks, just keep a pointer to
it, keep the context pointer separate, and let the user just provide a
static const structure. This reduces the attack surface of heap
overwrites, since the function pointers move elsewhere.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-01-29 18:41:26 +02:00
Johannes Berg
30eddf3529 Fix or supress various sparse warnings
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2017-01-29 18:33:10 +02:00
Masashi Honma
9eb5757a86 Define helper function set_disable_ht40()
This functionality can be used outside wpa_set_disable_ht40(), so move
the generic part to a helper function.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2017-01-29 18:04:21 +02:00
Masashi Honma
7813b7c34d nl80211: Fix a memory leak on deinit with HT enabled mesh
Commit a70cd0db87 ('nl80211: Don't
register for Beacon frames for IEEE 802.11ad AP') could cause a trailing
memory leak on IEEE 802.11n enabled mesh. This commit fixes the issue.

-----------------
ELOOP: remaining socket: sock=12 eloop_data=0xba8260 user_data=0xbb3d90 handler=0x4aeb90
WPA_TRACE: eloop unregistered socket handler: 0x4aeb90
     nl80211_recv_beacons() ../src/drivers/driver_nl80211.c:625
WPA_TRACE: eloop sock - START
[0]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant() [0x431f2a]
     eloop_sock_table_add_sock() ../src/utils/eloop.c:360
[1]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant() [0x4b0e49]
     nl80211_register_eloop_read() ../src/drivers/driver_nl80211.c:153
[2]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant() [0x4bacf0]
     dl_list_add() src/utils/list.h:30
     nl80211_get_wiphy_data_ap() ../src/drivers/driver_nl80211.c:728
     wpa_driver_nl80211_set_ap() ../src/drivers/driver_nl80211.c:3786
[3]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant(ieee802_11_set_beacon+0x150) [0x469700]
     ieee802_11_set_beacon() ../src/ap/beacon.c:1349
[4]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant(ieee802_11_set_beacons+0x45) [0x469805]
     ieee802_11_set_beacons() ../src/ap/beacon.c:1368
[5]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant() [0x437559]
     mesh_mpm_add_peer() mesh_mpm.c:688
[6]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant(wpa_mesh_new_mesh_peer+0x42) [0x439182]
     wpa_mesh_new_mesh_peer() mesh_mpm.c:737
[7]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant(wpa_mesh_notify_peer+0x80) [0x436460]
     wpa_mesh_notify_peer() mesh.c:347
[8]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant(wpa_supplicant_event+0xc7a) [0x4a69ba]
     wpa_supplicant_event() events.c:4312
[9]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant(process_global_event+0xaf0) [0x4c2d40]
     nl80211_new_peer_candidate() ../src/drivers/driver_nl80211_event.c:1247
     do_process_drv_event() ../src/drivers/driver_nl80211_event.c:2322
     process_global_event() ../src/drivers/driver_nl80211_event.c:2360
[10]: /lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libnl-3.so.200(nl_recvmsgs_report+0x3dc) [0x7f937176873c]
[11]: /lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libnl-3.so.200(nl_recvmsgs+0x9) [0x7f9371768ba9]
[12]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant() [0x4aeb58]
     wpa_driver_nl80211_event_receive() ../src/drivers/driver_nl80211.c:1457
[13]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant() [0x43242e]
     eloop_sock_table_dispatch() ../src/utils/eloop.c:598
[14]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant(eloop_run+0x22e) [0x432e0e]
     eloop_sock_table_dispatch() ../src/utils/eloop.c:589
     eloop_run() ../src/utils/eloop.c:1219
[15]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant(wpa_supplicant_run+0x77) [0x49e327]
     wpa_supplicant_run() wpa_supplicant.c:5608
WPA_TRACE: eloop sock - END
MEMLEAK[0xba81b0]: len 72
WPA_TRACE: memleak - START
[0]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant(os_malloc+0x57) [0x430d67]
     os_malloc() ../src/utils/os_unix.c:690
[1]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant(os_zalloc+0xe) [0x430fce]
     os_zalloc() ../src/utils/os_unix.c:749
[2]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant() [0x4babaa]
     nl80211_get_wiphy_data_ap() ../src/drivers/driver_nl80211.c:692
     wpa_driver_nl80211_set_ap() ../src/drivers/driver_nl80211.c:3786
[3]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant(ieee802_11_set_beacon+0x150) [0x469700]
     ieee802_11_set_beacon() ../src/ap/beacon.c:1349
[4]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant(ieee802_11_set_beacons+0x45) [0x469805]
     ieee802_11_set_beacons() ../src/ap/beacon.c:1368
[5]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant() [0x437559]
     mesh_mpm_add_peer() mesh_mpm.c:688
[6]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant(wpa_mesh_new_mesh_peer+0x42) [0x439182]
     wpa_mesh_new_mesh_peer() mesh_mpm.c:737
[7]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant(wpa_mesh_notify_peer+0x80) [0x436460]
     wpa_mesh_notify_peer() mesh.c:347
[8]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant(wpa_supplicant_event+0xc7a) [0x4a69ba]
     wpa_supplicant_event() events.c:4312
[9]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant(process_global_event+0xaf0) [0x4c2d40]
     nl80211_new_peer_candidate() ../src/drivers/driver_nl80211_event.c:1247
     do_process_drv_event() ../src/drivers/driver_nl80211_event.c:2322
     process_global_event() ../src/drivers/driver_nl80211_event.c:2360
[10]: /lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libnl-3.so.200(nl_recvmsgs_report+0x3dc) [0x7f937176873c]
[11]: /lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libnl-3.so.200(nl_recvmsgs+0x9) [0x7f9371768ba9]
[12]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant() [0x4aeb58]
     wpa_driver_nl80211_event_receive() ../src/drivers/driver_nl80211.c:1457
[13]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant() [0x43242e]
     eloop_sock_table_dispatch() ../src/utils/eloop.c:598
[14]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant(eloop_run+0x22e) [0x432e0e]
     eloop_sock_table_dispatch() ../src/utils/eloop.c:589
     eloop_run() ../src/utils/eloop.c:1219
[15]: ./hostap/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant(wpa_supplicant_run+0x77) [0x49e327]
     wpa_supplicant_run() wpa_supplicant.c:5608
WPA_TRACE: memleak - END
MEMLEAK: total 72 bytes
-----------------

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2017-01-29 17:55:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5208160b4b FILS: Parse received FILS HLP requests
This adds parsing of received FILS HLP requests from (Re)Association
Request frames. The reassembled requests are verified to be in valid
format and are printed in debug output. However, actual processing or
forwarding of the packets is not yet implemented, i.e., the vendor
specific frame filtering logic is for now practically dropping all HLP
requests.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-29 14:32:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5732b770f4 FILS: Allow FILS HLP requests to be added
The new wpa_supplicant control interface commands FILS_HLP_REQ_FLUSH and
FILS_HLP_REQ_ADD can now be used to request FILS HLP requests to be
added to the (Re)Association Request frame whenever FILS authentication
is used.

FILS_HLP_REQ_ADD parameters use the following format:
<destination MAC address> <hexdump of payload starting from ethertype>

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-29 14:32:17 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a1aa2aebc2 Remove unused WLAN_CIPHER_SUITE_* definitions
This gets rid of an unnecessary duplication of the definitions since all
the code has now been moved to using the earlier RSN_CIPHER_SUITE_*
definitions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-01-28 14:05:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a042e39acf nl80211: Use RSN_CIPHER_SUITE_* instead of WLAN_CIPHER_SUITE_*
This is a step towards getting rid of the unnecessary duplication of
definitions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-01-28 14:04:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2373a31170 Define all RSN_CIPHER_SUITE_* values
This adds the cipher suite selector values for ciphers that are not
really used with RSN, but are needed to be able to replace
WLAN_CIPHER_SUITE_* definitions with RSN_CIPHER_SUITE_*.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-01-28 14:03:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
89ba101e14 Remove unused WLAN_AKM_SUITE_* definitions
This gets rid of an unnecessary duplication of the definitions since all
the code has now been moved to using the earlier RSN_AUTH_KEY_MGMT_*
definitions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-01-28 12:36:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
bf9f8a0525 Use RSN_AUTH_KEY_MGMT_* instead of WLAN_AKM_SUITE_* for wpa_akm_to_suite()
This is a step towards getting rid of the unnecessary duplication of
definitions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-01-28 12:34:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3aa24db953 nl80211: Use RSN_AUTH_KEY_MGMT_* instead of WLAN_AKM_SUITE_*
This is a step towards getting rid of the unnecessary duplication of
definitions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-01-28 12:27:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a1343fa6ba Remove unnecessary ifdef from RSN_AUTH_KEY_MGMT_* definitions
These FT AKM suite selectors might be needed in code even if
CONFIG_IEEE80211R is not defined.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-01-28 12:26:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
510fc2dfc9 Fix AKM suite selectors for FILS and Suite B
IEEE 802.11 standard defines the suite selectors in <OUI>:<subtype>
format where OUI uses hexadecimal format and subtype decimal format.
These WLAN_AKM_SUITE_* definitions ended up getting written incorrectly
by interpretting the decimal part as hexadecimal and as such, by having
an incorrect value. However, the older RSN_AUTH_KEY_MGMT_* values were
defined with correct values and those definitions were used in most
locations.

This commit fixes the AKM suite selector values in RADIUS WLAN-AKM-Suite
attribute for FILS and Suite B. In addition, the AKM values used in
nl80211 driver configuration (NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES) are fixed for the
Suite B cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-27 23:13:10 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
d7d0f909f1 QCA vendor command to carry the reason for power save failure
This commit defines a QCA vendor command
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_CHIP_PWRSAVE_FAILURE that carries required
information leading to the power save failure. This will be an event
from the host driver.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-23 18:47:16 +02:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
4c4070005a QCA vendor command to enable host driver offload ACS to user space
This commit introduces the QCA vendor command and the attributes which
facilitate the host driver to use an external user space entity for
performing automatic channel selection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-23 06:32:59 +02:00
Masashi Honma
4d77d80edd mesh: Add MESH_PMKSA_GET/ADD commands
These commnds are mesh version of PMKSA_GET/ADD commands. So the usage
and security risk is similar to them. Refer to
commit 3459381dd2 ('External persistent
storage for PMKSA cache entries') also.

The MESH_PMKSA_GET command requires peer MAC address or "any" as an
argument and outputs appropriate stored PMKSA cache. And the
MESH_PMKSA_ADD command receives an output of MESH_PMKSA_GET and re-store
the PMKSA cache into wpa_supplicant. By using re-stored PMKSA cache,
wpa_supplicant can skip commit message creation which can use
significant CPU resources.

The output of the MESH_PMKSA_GET command uses the following format:
<BSSID> <PMKID> <PMK> <expiration in seconds>

The example of MESH_PMKSA_ADD command is this.
MESH_PMKSA_ADD 02:00:00:00:03:00 231dc1c9fa2eed0354ea49e8ff2cc2dc cb0f6c9cab358a8146488566ca155421ab4f3ea4a6de2120050c149b797018fe 42930
MESH_PMKSA_ADD 02:00:00:00:04:00 d7e595916611640d3e4e8eac02909c3c eb414a33c74831275f25c2357b3c12e3d8bd2f2aab6cf781d6ade706be71321a 43180

This functionality is disabled by default and can be enabled with
CONFIG_PMKSA_CACHE_EXTERNAL=y build configuration option.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2017-01-14 18:07:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fa67debf4c Fix duplicate Reassociation Request frame dropping
Relational operators (==) have higher precedence than the ternary
conditional in C. The last_subtype check for association/reassociation
was broken due to incorrect assumption about the precedence. Fix this by
adding parenthesis around the ternary conditional.

The previous implementation worked for Association Request frames by
accident since WLAN_FC_STYPE_ASSOC_REQ happens to have value 0 and when
the last receive frame was an Association Request frame, the
sta->last_subtype == reassoc check was true and non-zero
WLAN_FC_STYPE_REASSOC_REQ was interpreted as true. However, this was
broken for Reassociation Request frame. reassoc == 1 in that case could
have matched received Association Response frame (subtype == 1), but
those are not received in AP mode and as such, this did not break other
behavior apart from not being able to drop duplicated Reassociation
Request frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-14 01:04:31 +02:00
Slava Monich
6ff92677a1 wext: Cancel send_rfkill timeout in deinit
Signed-off-by: Slava Monich <slava.monich@jolla.com>
2017-01-14 00:07:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
fcd3d6ce32 FILS: Fix PMK and PMKID derivation from ERP
This adds helper functions for deriving PMK and PMKID from ERP exchange
in FILS shared key authentication as defined in IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016,
12.12.2.5.2 (PMKSA key derivation with FILS authentication). These
functions is used to fix PMK and PMKID derivation which were previously
using the rMSK directly as PMK instead of following the FILS protocol to
derive PMK with HMAC from nonces and rMSK.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-13 21:07:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ef495c78dd OpenSSL: Implement sha384_vector()
This was forgotten from the addition of SHA384 support and is now needed
for FILS.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-13 21:05:19 +02:00
Dedy Lansky
a70cd0db87 nl80211: Don't register for Beacon frames for IEEE 802.11ad AP
Beacon frames are not supported in IEEE 802.11ad network (DMG-beacons
used instead). To allow hostapd to manage IEEE 802.11ad AP with
device_ap_sme disabled, skip nl80211_register_beacons() for IEEE
802.11ad AP.

Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <qca_dlansky@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-13 15:58:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a2aa21a3bf Assign additional vendor specific elements for early HE testing
These elements can be used for pre-standard publication testing of HE
before P802.11ax draft assigns the element ID extension. The payload of
these vendor specific elements is defined by the latest P802.11ax draft.
Please note that the draft is still work in progress and the element
payload is subject to change.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-13 15:05:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c85dfc6f84 nl80211: Set NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER for connect and associate
This allows kernel to force disconnection if something kills the
wpa_supplicant process in a manner that does not allow proper cleanup to
be performed. The association is not supposed to be allowed to continue
after process has ended since there are number of operations that
wpa_supplicant may need to do during the association.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-13 15:05:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d07f450da9 Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2017-01-06.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-01-13 15:05:26 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b2442f2568 nl80211: Debug prints for TDLS_OPER command and result
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-01-08 17:12:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0f9b4a0f1d bgscan: Deliver beacon loss event to bgscan modules
This adds a call to the notify_beacon_loss() callback functions when
beacon loss is detected. In addition, a new CTRL-EVENT-BEACON-LOSS event
is made available through the wpa_supplicant control interface.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-01-08 12:17:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
688556722c nl80211: More complete processing of connection quality monitor events
This adds processing of beacon loss events and generation of an internal
EVENT_BEACON_LOSS event based on them for wpa_supplicant processing. In
addition, number of consecutively lost (not acknowledged) packets is now
reported and TXE events are noted in the debug log.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-01-08 12:11:14 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
167f78a5e8 Send BEACON-REQ-TX-STATUS event only for beacon reports
Check the action TX status callback contents more thoroughly and report
the BEACON-REQ-TX-STATUS event only if the Measurement Type indicates
beacon report.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-01-07 22:23:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5de6823f7a tests: TEST_FAIL() support for os_get_random()
This allows more testing for rarely executed error paths.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-01-07 22:15:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e4ec6bbfd8 nl80211: Register for Link Measurement Report frames in AP mode
This is needed to be able to get the response to a link measurement
request.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-01-07 18:46:10 +02:00
Dedy Lansky
05e5e615e6 AP: Skip authentication/deauthentication phase for DMG/IEEE 802.11ad
Authentication and Deauthentication frames are not used in DMG/IEEE
802.11ad networks. For DMG/IEEE 802.11ad the following was implemented:
Upon receiving association request, allocate the sta object and
initialize it as if authentication took place. Upon receiving
disassociation, deallocate the sta object.
ap_sta_disassociate/ap_sta_deauthenticate/ap_sta_disconnect all use
disassociation instead of deauthentication. In driver_nl80211,
i802_sta_deauth() is routed to i802_sta_disassoc().

Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <qca_dlansky@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-05 17:28:23 +02:00
Dedy Lansky
0c4b9025c1 AP: Do not look for supported rates in DMG/IEEE 802.11ad
Supported Rates element is not present in DMG/IEEE 802.11ad frames. Make
copy_supp_rates() immediately return with success if hardware mode is
IEEE 802.11ad.

Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <qca_dlansky@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-05 17:05:00 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
517b5f928f nl80211: Zero num_modes if nl80211_get_hw_feature_data() fails
It was possible that nl80211_get_hw_feature_data() function would return
NULL when num_modes is not set to zero. This might result in a later crash
when accessing hw.modes. This may be reproduced with hwsim oom tests, for
example, dbus_connect_oom.
Fix that by zeroing num_modes if NULL is returned.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2017-01-05 16:22:53 +02:00
Kanchanapally, Vidyullatha
39c5da3284 nl80211: Use correct attribute for scan flags in vendor scan
This fixes the netlink attribute identifier for the scan flags when
using QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_TRIGGER_SCAN.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2017-01-05 15:49:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ec45927b8a Report received beacon report with BEACON-RESP-RX event
The new hostapd control interface event "BEACON-RESP-RX <STA address>
<dialog token> <report mode> <beacon report>" is now used to report
received beacon reports as a reponse to the REQ_BEACON operation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-01-03 16:02:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f3383366aa Report beacon request TX status as control interface event
The new BEACON-REQ-TX-STATUS control interface event is now used to
report whether a beacon request (from REQ_BEACON command) was delivered
successfully. This event has the following parameters: <STA address>
<dialog token> <ack=0/1>.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-01-03 16:02:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
90d9d7c32a Beacon request through hostapd control interface
The new control interface command "REQ_BEACON <STA addr>
[req_mode=<mode>] <beacon request>" can now be used to request hostapd
to transmit a measurement request to request a beacon report from an
associated STA. This command returns the assigned dialog token (1-255)
or FAIL on failure.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-01-03 16:02:58 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f56877414c Do not add own BSS in neighbor report with invalid op_class/channel
Verify that ieee80211_freq_to_channel_ext() succeeds before adding the
own BSS in the neighbor report.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-01-03 15:18:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
aeff0645d2 FILS: Fix FILS Realm Information ANQP-element construction
The loop to add hash values was supposed to be limited to at most 10000
values, but the count variable was not being decremented in the loop.
Fix this by decrementing counting for each iteration. This fixes
ANQP-element format in the unlikely case of there being more than 10000
configuration realms.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2017-01-03 15:18:30 +02:00
Avraham Stern
b3060bf99f common: Add helper function to convert RSSI to RCPI
This conversion will be done several times in the code, so add a helper
function that does this conversion.

Signed-off-by: Avrahams Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2017-01-03 15:18:29 +02:00
Avraham Stern
c9ff8e5f6e common: Add function to get an operating class by its number and country
Add a function to get operating class definition (including bandwidth,
channel numbers, etc.) from the operating class number and country.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2017-01-03 15:18:29 +02:00
Avraham Stern
e4f1d879cd common: Add non-global to global operating classes conversion
Add helper function that converts non-global operating classes to global
operating classes according to IEEE Std 802.11-2016, Annex E.

Signed-off-by: Avrahams Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2017-01-03 15:18:29 +02:00
Avraham Stern
96a5f14ee4 nl80211: Add support for additional scan parameters for beacon report
Add support for:
 1. Setting scan dwell time
 2. Parsing scan start TSF and beacon received TSF reported
    by the driver
 3. Setting driver capabilities for the above

These capabilities are needed for Beacon Report radio measurement.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2017-01-03 15:18:29 +02:00
Avraham Stern
c16b9f8d33 driver: Add scan support to beacon report
Add the following parameters to scan request:
 1. Dwell time on each channel.
 2. Whether the specified dwell time is mandatory.

In addition, add to scan results info the time that the scan actually
started, and to each scan result the time the beacon/probe was received,
both in terms of TSF of the BSS that the interface that requested the
scan is connected to (if available).

Add flags to indicate whether the driver supports dwell time
configuration and scan information reporting.

This scan configuration and information is required to support beacon
report radio measurement.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2017-01-03 15:18:29 +02:00
Avraham Stern
d1c74f8c98 Add RRM definitions for beacon report measurement
Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2017-01-03 15:18:29 +02:00
Andrei Otcheretianski
bbad185c13 P2P: Fix compilation warning in p2p_add_device()
The address of msg.device_name array is obviously always true, and some
compilers even warn about it.

Signed-off-by: Andrei Otcheretianski <andrei.otcheretianski@intel.com>
2016-12-30 00:49:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2977f5193a GAS: Remove unnecessarily duplicate gas_frag_limit configuration
The actual BSS configuration parameter can be updated with the SET
control interface command, so there is no need to maintain a separate
per-BSS parameter and a separate control interface handling for this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-30 00:23:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1940559ea4 FT: Drop FT Action frames if ft_over_ds=0
Previously, the hostapd ft_over_ds parameter was used to only advertise
whether FT-over-DS is enabled in MDE and leave it to the stations to
follow that advertisement. This commit extends this to explicitly reject
(silently drop) FT Action frames if a station does not follow the
advertised capabilities.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-29 01:13:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
78022c8366 Fix memory leak on hostapd eap_user_file parsing error paths
Need to free all the pending completed EAP users if a parsing error
prevents the file from being used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-28 14:47:00 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
95de34a10a Remove trailing whitespace
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-28 14:31:42 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3567730589 RADIUS server: Increase maximum number of sessions
It was possible to hit the previously used maximum of 100 active session
in some hwsim test case sequences like this one: eap_proto_pwd_errors
eap_proto_ikev2_errors eap_proto_sim_errors. This happened due to the
large number of RADIUS authentication iterations in short period of
time, i.e., within the 10 second timeout for expiring completed
sessions.

Increase RADIUS_MAX_SESSION from 100 to 1000 and also reduce the timeout
on expiring completed sessions from 10 to 5 seconds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-27 12:14:48 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9266d00bf9 hostapd: Reject invalid macaddr_acl value
Previously, this was noted in error log, but the invalid value was
stored in the configuration without rejecting it.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-27 11:43:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1dfd25a68a Fix hostapd SIGHUP processing before interface is enabled
It was possible to try to do driver operations before the driver
interface had been initialized when processing a SIGHUP signal. This
would result in NULL pointer dereference. Fix this by skipping the steps
when SIGHUP is issued before the interface is enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-27 11:16:51 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
34e29dfd4b Remove unnecessary NULL check from hostapd_config_read_wpa_psk() call
This function is already checking the fname argument against NULL, so
use that check on its own instead of duplicating the check in the only
caller.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-26 17:42:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
946315f172 tests: More ieee802_11_vendor_ie_concat() coverage
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-26 14:44:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
901e6fabcb tests: More ieee802_11_parse_elems() coverage for new elements
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-26 14:30:50 +02:00
Badrish Adiga H R
65dfa87286 mka: Make MKA actor priority configurable
This adds a new wpa_supplicant network profile parameter
mka_priority=0..255 to set the priority of the MKA Actor.

Signed-off-by: Badrish Adiga H R <badrish.adigahr@gmail.com>
2016-12-25 11:41:46 +02:00
Joel Cunningham
04f02faac4 Fix wpa_cipher_to_alg() return type
wpa_cipher_to_alg() returns enumerated values from enum wpa_alg and all
uses of the return value treat it as enum wpa_alg (by either assigning
it to a variable of type enum wpa_alg or passing to a function that
expects enum wpa_alg).

This commit updates the return value to match the expected usage
(enum  wpa_alg) rather than int. This ensures the return value is
of the proper type and eliminates the following compiler warnings:

ARM RVCT (2.2):
  'Warning: #188-D: enumerated type mixed with another type'

Signed-off-by: Joel Cunningham <joel.cunningham@me.com>
2016-12-21 12:48:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d7f12e4eb9 OpenSSL: Make sure local certificate auto chaining is enabled
Number of deployed use cases assume the default OpenSSL behavior of auto
chaining the local certificate is in use. BoringSSL removed this
functionality by default, so we need to restore it here to avoid
breaking existing use cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-21 12:23:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4be02b71bb OpenSSL: Remove SSL_{CTX_,}_clear_options ifdefs
This simplifies the implementation since the SSL_clear_options() and
SSL_CTX_clear_options() are available in all supported versions of
OpenSSL. These were previously needed with older (now obsolete) versions
of OpenSSL, but the ifdefs were missed when removing the more explicit
version macro based backwards compatibility sections.

In practice, this reverts commit
d53d2596e4.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-21 12:06:21 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7655bd7388 P2P: Do not use wait_time for SD Response TX without fragmentation
The full SD Response frame is not going to be followed by another Action
frame from the peer, so remove the 200 ms wait time from the offchannel
TX command in that case. This avoids leaving a 200 ms lock on the radio
to remain on the channel unnecessarily.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-21 00:18:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1f0fdaf0e4 Fix race condition between AssocResp callback and 4addr event
It is apparently possible for the NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME
event to be delivered to hostapd before the NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS
event for (Re)Association Response frame. This resulted in the 4-address
WDS mode not getting enabled for a STA. This could occur in particular
when operating under heavy load and the STA is reconnecting to the same
AP in a sequence where Deauthentication frame is followed immediately by
Authentication frame and the driver event processing gets delayed due to
removal of the previous netdev taking time in the middle of this
sequence.

Fix this by recording a pending item for 4-address WDS enabling if the
NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME event would have been dropped due to
incompleted association and then process this pending item if the TX
status for the (Re)Association Response frame is received and it shows
that the frame was acknowledged.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-20 01:30:09 +02:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
a6f3761f7d eap_proxy: Add support for SIM state change indication from eap_proxy
This registers a new callback to indicate change in SIM state. This
helps to do some clean up (more specifically pmksa_flush) based on the
state change of the SIM. Without this, the reconnection using the cached
PMKSA could happen though the SIM is changed.

Currently eap_proxy_sim_state corresponds to only SIM_STATE_ERROR. This
can be further extended.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-19 22:21:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
79a54ab9f6 eap_proxy: Fix eap_proxy_init() prototype to use const eapol_cb
The eapol_cb structure was made const and that change resulted in a
compilation warning/error if CONFIG_EAP_PROXY=<name> is enabled in the
wpa_supplicant build configuration. Fix this by updating the function
prototype to match the change.

Note: This results in a change needed to external eap_proxy_*.c
implementations to match the change.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-19 22:14:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e414f4f021 PeerKey: Fix STK 4-way handshake regression
Commit c93b7e1888 ('RSN: Check result of
EAPOL-Key frame send request') forgot to update two PeerKey users of
EAPOL-Key TX functions. That resulted in STK handshake failing since
message 2/4 and 4/4 TX calls were assumed to have failed when the return
value was changed from 0 to a positive value for success case. This
resulted in not updating nonce information properly and hitting
following error when processing STK 4-way handshake message 3/4:

RSN: INonce from message 1 of STK 4-Way Handshake differs from 3 of STK
4-Way Handshake - drop packet (src=<addr>)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-18 19:56:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
28fb9bb195 PeerKey: Fix EAPOL-Key processing
Commit 6d014ffc6e ('Make struct
wpa_eapol_key easier to use with variable length MIC') forgot to update
number of EAPOL-Key processing steps for SMK and STK exchanges and broke
PeerKey. Fix this by updating the Key Data field pointers to match the
new style with variable length Key MIC field.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-18 19:07:29 +02:00
Badrish Adiga H R
7508c2ad99 PAE: Make KaY specific details available via control interface
Add KaY details to the STATUS command output.

Signed-off-by: Badrish Adiga H R <badrish.adigahr@hpe.com>
2016-12-18 17:47:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b54f43390e FILS: Make FILS Indication element information available in BSS output
This extends wpa_supplicant BSS command to parse FILS Indication
element.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-18 11:41:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8183aee6cc FILS: Add support for building FILS Realm Information ANQP-element
This allows full list of hashed realm names to be fetched from hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-18 11:41:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
26bf70e3d2 FILS: Separate FILS realm configuration from ERP domain
The new hostapd configuration parameter fils_realm=<realm> can now be
used to configure one or more FILS realms to advertise for ERP domains
when using FILS. This replaces the use of erp_domain=<domain> parameter
for the FILS use case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-17 22:08:23 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
42b847ac1e FILS: Fix hashed realm name derivation
P802.11ai/D7.0 changed from CRC32 to SHA256 as the hash algorithm for
the FILS realm name. Update the implementation to match that change.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-17 22:07:57 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
29062f2932 Update various definitions based on IEEE Std 802.11-2016
This updates definitions for Status Codes, Reason Codes,
Information Element IDs, Action frame categories, Public Action
codes, Protected Dual of Public Action codes, Advertisement
Protocol ID, and ANQP info IDs based on IEEE Std 802.11-2016.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-17 12:27:49 +02:00
Felix Fietkau
0babae87ad Fix wpa_supplicant build error with IEEE8021X_EAPOL unset
Add missing inline stubs for newly added functions.

Fixes: 3459381dd2 ("External persistent storage for PMKSA cache entries")
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2016-12-14 16:37:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
19810d29bc Make Beacon IEs available in wpa_supplicant BSS command
This makes both the Probe Response and Beacon frame IEs available to
upper layers if scan results include both IE sets. When the BSS command
mask includes WPA_BSS_MASK_BEACON_IE, a new beacon_ie=<hexdump> entry
will be included in output if the BSS entry has two separate sets of IEs
(ie=<hexdump> showing the Probe Response frame contents and
beacon_ie=<hexdump> the Beacon rame contents).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-13 20:07:52 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cebda0e3e5 Make debug print clearer for AP/mesh mode secondary channel issues
If the secondary channel was not found at all, no debug print was shown
to indicate that the channel was rejected due to that problem. Print a
clearer message indicating which channel was behind the reason to reject
channel configuration as unsuitable for AP mode.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-13 15:09:15 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
3459381dd2 External persistent storage for PMKSA cache entries
This adds new wpa_supplicant control interface commands PMKSA_GET and
PMKSA_ADD that can be used to store PMKSA cache entries in an external
persistent storage when terminating a wpa_supplicant process and then
restore those entries when starting a new process. The previously added
PMKSA-CACHE-ADDED/REMOVED events can be used to help in synchronizing
the external storage with the memory-only volatile storage within
wpa_supplicant.

"PMKSA_GET <network_id>" fetches all stored PMKSA cache entries bound to
a specific network profile. The network_id of the current profile is
available with the STATUS command (id=<network_id). In addition, the
network_id is included in the PMKSA-CACHE-ADDED/REMOVED events. The
output of the PMKSA_GET command uses the following format:

<BSSID> <PMKID> <PMK> <reauth_time in seconds> <expiration in seconds>
<akmp> <opportunistic>

For example:

02:00:00:00:03:00 113b8b5dc8eda16594e8274df4caa3d4 355e98681d09e0b69d3a342f96998aa765d10c4459ac592459b5efc6b563eff6 30240 43200 1 0
02:00:00:00:04:00 bbdac8607aaaac28e16aacc9152ffe23 e3dd6adc390e685985e5f40e6fe72df846a0acadc59ba15c208d9cb41732a663 30240 43200 1 0

The PMKSA_GET command uses the following format:

<network_id> <BSSID> <PMKID> <PMK> <reauth_time in seconds> <expiration
in seconds> <akmp> <opportunistic>

(i.e., "PMKSA_ADD <network_id> " prefix followed by a line of PMKSA_GET
output data; however, the reauth_time and expiration values need to be
updated by decrementing them by number of seconds between the PMKSA_GET
and PMKSA_ADD commands)

For example:

PMKSA_ADD 0 02:00:00:00:03:00 113b8b5dc8eda16594e8274df4caa3d4 355e98681d09e0b69d3a342f96998aa765d10c4459ac592459b5efc6b563eff6 30140 43100 1 0
PMKSA_ADD 0 02:00:00:00:04:00 bbdac8607aaaac28e16aacc9152ffe23 e3dd6adc390e685985e5f40e6fe72df846a0acadc59ba15c208d9cb41732a663 30140 43100 1 0

This functionality is disabled be default and can be enabled with
CONFIG_PMKSA_CACHE_EXTERNAL=y build configuration option. It should be
noted that this allows any process that has access to the wpa_supplicant
control interface to use PMKSA_ADD command to fetch keying material
(PMK), so this is for environments in which the control interface access
is restricted.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-12 23:47:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c579312736 Add PMKSA-CACHE-ADDED/REMOVED events to wpa_supplicant
These allow external program to monitor PMKSA cache updates in
preparation to enable external persistent storage of PMKSA cache.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-12 21:00:43 +02:00
Daisuke Niwa
655dc4a432 Send "TERMINATING" event from hostapd
hostapd didn't send "TERMINATING" event when stopped by
SIGTERM. Android handles this event to stop monitor thread.

This commit adds "TERMINATING" event same as with wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Tomoharu Hatano <tomoharu.hatano@sonymobile.com>
2016-12-12 20:32:28 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
62cd9d7926 nl80211: Specify the BSSID in the QCA vendor scan
This allows the vendor scan to be optimized when a response is needed
only from a single, known BSS.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-11 21:36:16 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
444930e5b6 Define an attribute to do a specific BSSID QCA vendor scan
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-11 21:36:13 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
cea761472a Add QCA vendor command definitions for IDs 61-73
This commit documents the QCA vendor commands 61-73 and the
corresponding definitions of the attributes. This set of commands were
previously reserved for QCA without documentation here.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-11 21:32:20 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
cb0cc6efa6 Define QCA Beacon miss threshold attributes for 2.4 and 5 GHz bands
These thresholds values indicate how many Beacon frames can be missed
before before disconnecting from the AP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-11 21:11:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c313c8a5d8 Fix QCA vendor command values for SAR power limits
Commit c79238b6a4 ('Define a QCA vendor
command to configure SAR Power limits') had a mismatch between the enum
qca_vendor_attr_sar_limits_selections documentations and actual values.
The BDF SAR profiles are 0-based, so rename the enum values and reorder
the values keep the actual values more convenient. While this changes
values over the interface, this is justifiable since the new command was
introduced only recently and it had not been released in any driver.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-11 21:08:25 +02:00
Mayank Haarit
0a6c9dc700 P2P: Send P2P-DEVICE-FOUND event on peer changing device name
This is to handle the case when peer changes device name and same needs
to be updated to upper layers by P2P-DEVICE-FOUND event. It is similar
to the case when a peer changes wfd_subelems and P2P-DEVICE-FOUND event
goes to upper layers.

Signed-off-by: Mayank Haarit <mayank.h@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Avichal Agarwal <avichal.a@samsung.com>
2016-12-11 12:45:08 +02:00
Mayank Haarit
9a431d4932 WFD: Clear wfd_subelems when P2P peer stops sending them
When a peer device stops sending wfd_subelems, wpa_supplicant should
remove dev->info.wfd_subelems from peer's properties. Previously,
wpa_supplicant left the previously learned dev->info.wfd_subelems in
place whenever the new message did not include wfd_subelems.

In addition to fixing the clearing of the old wfd_subelems, this
resolves another issue. As "wfd_changed" variable becomes true even when
peer stops sending wfd_subelems and dev->info.wfd_subelems has an old
value, a new P2P-DEVICE-FOUND event notification was sent again and
again to upper layers whenever a new discovery response was received
from the peer that previously advertised WFD subelements.

Signed-off-by: Mayank Haarit <mayank.h@samsung.com>
2016-12-11 12:45:08 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
71ac934530 Make update_idx available in BSS control interface command
This can be used to perform more accurate tests on BSS entry updates.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-10 17:03:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
49aa88bb5e P2P: Clear PEER_WAITING_RESPONSE on GO Negotiation success
Previously, this flag was cleared only in case of failed GO Negotiation.
That could leave the flag set for a peer and if a new group formation
was performed with the same peer before the entry expired, there was
increased risk of getting stuck in a state where neither peer replied to
a GO Negotiation Request frame if a GO Negotiation Response frame with
Status 1 was dropped.

The error sequence could happen in the go_neg_with_bss_connected test
case when timing was suitable to make the second GO negotiation drop a
pending TX Action frame if the GO Negotiation Response with Status 1 was
scheduled for transmission during a P2P scan and P2P_CONNECT was issued
before that scan got aborted.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-10 00:16:33 +02:00
Jeff Johnson
c79238b6a4 Define a QCA vendor command to configure SAR Power limits
There is a regulatory requirement for Specific Absorption Rate (SAR)
whereby the device transmit power is reduced when it is determined that
the device is in close proximity to the body. Implement a vendor command
interface to allow a userspace entity to dynamically control the SAR
power limits.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-08 18:56:02 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0f5eb69f85 Use eloop timeout for post-EAP-Failure wait before disconnection
Previously, os_sleep() was used to block the hostapd (or wpa_supplicant
AP/P2P GO mode) processing between sending out EAP-Failure and
disconnecting the STA. This is not ideal for couple of reasons: it
blocks all other parallel operations in the process and it leaves a
window during which the station might deauthenticate and the AP would
have no option for reacting to that before forcing out its own
Deauthentication frame which could go out after the STA has already
started new connection attempt.

Improve this design by scheduling an eloop timeout of 10 ms instead of
the os_sleep() call and perform the delayed operations from the eloop
callback function. This eloop timeout is cancelled if the STA
disconnects or initiates a new connection attempt before the 10 ms time
is reached. This gets rid of the confusing extra Deauthentication frame
in cases where the STA reacts to EAP-Failure by an immediate
deauthentication.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-08 18:56:02 +02:00
Ningyuan Wang
ed0a4ddc22 nl80211: Update drv->ssid on connect/associate event based on BSS data
On a connect nl80211 event, wpa_supplicant uses
wpa_driver_nl80211_get_ssid() to fetch the current associated SSID to
compare to existing configurations. However,
wpa_driver_nl80211_get_ssid() uses drv->ssid, which is a cached value.
It is set when we explicitly initial a connect request using
wpa_supplicant. If the association was initiated outside of
wpa_supplicant, we need another way to populate drv->ssid. This commit
sets drv->ssid based on cfg80211 BSS information on connect/associate
nl80211 events.

Signed-off-by: Ningyuan Wang <nywang@google.com>
2016-12-05 12:08:46 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9f346fadc8 nl80211: Fix scan_state update in no pending scan state
Commit adcd7c4b0b ('nl80211: Support
vendor scan together with normal scan') made the drv->scan_state updates
for NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS and NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED
conditional on drv->last_scan_cmd being NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN. This
missed the part about the possibility of last_scan_cmd == 0 and an
externally started cfg80211 scan is ending. This could leave
drv->scan_state into SCAN_STARTED state even after the scan was
completed. Consequently, hwsim test cases could get stuck in reset()
handler waiting for scan to terminate.

Fix this by updating drv->scan_state also in drv->last_scan_cmd == 0
case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-05 11:48:26 +02:00
Michael Braun
34f7c699a6 Add multicast to unicast support
This adds support for nl80211 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST
command.

By setting the new hostapd configuration option multicast_to_unicast=1,
hostapd configures this AP to perform multicast to unicast conversion.

When enabled, all multicast packets with ethertype ARP, IPv4, or IPv6
(possibly within an 802.1Q header) will be sent out to each station once
with the destination (multicast) MAC address replaced by the station's
MAC address. Note that this may break certain expectations of the
receiver, e.g., the ability to drop unicast IP packets encapsulated in
multicast L2 frames, or the ability to not send destination unreachable
messages in such cases.

This also does not implement Directed Multicast Service (DMS).

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-12-04 21:00:06 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
5f2c0a22a9 Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2016-12-02.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-04 20:50:07 +02:00
Sam Tannous
08032c7418 Remove inactivity timeout for wired interfaces
We should unconditionally remove inactivity timers for wired network
cases. This commit checks for this after a new station association:

   hapd->iface->drv_flags & WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_WIRED

and then cancels the timeout and does not register a new one.

It prints out a debug message like this:

1476740180.276286: IEEE 802.1X: 00:02:00:00:00:07 CTRL_DIR entering
state FORCE_BOTH
1476740180.276295: hostapd_new_assoc_sta: canceled wired ap_handle_timer
timeout for 00:02:00:00:00:07

This was tested on a debian jessie amd64 system with a configured 120
second inactivity timer and the session did not timeout.

Signed-off-by: Sam Tannous <stannous@cumulusnetworks.com>
2016-12-04 20:38:45 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
a1fce3911f nl80211: Optimize memory use in nl80211_get_assoc_freq()
Do not use the generic bss_info_handler() design to fetch all scan
results into temporary memory buffer. Instead, use a separate BSS info
handler that fetches the requested information without fully parsing the
BSS entries and without allocating any memory for collecting all the
results.

This is also simplifying bss_info_handler() and nl80211_parse_bss_info()
design by getting rid of the special case that was used only for
nl80211_get_assoc_freq() and not normal scan result fetching.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-03 22:37:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
da2c284169 nl80211: Reduce nl80211_dump_scan() memory need
Instead of fetching all scan results to a temporary buffer, debug print
scan result dump directly from the message handler function one BSS at a
time.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-03 22:14:04 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b72a01bc5a nl80211: Split bss_info_handler() into a separate parser function
This allows a single scan result to be parsed at a time. This is a step
towards optimizing scan result fetching without having to allocate
memory for all entries at the same time.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-03 19:36:24 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cfadab269f nl80211: Move duplicate scan result removal to bss.c
The way the removal of duplicated (one per frequency) BSS entries in the
cfg80211 scan results were removed in driver_nl80211_scan.c
bss_info_handler() depended on having the full scan results available to
allow iteration through the other entries. This is problematic for the
goal of being able to optimize memory allocations for scan result
fetching in a manner that would not build the full result buffer in
memory.

Move this duplicate removal into bss.c since it has sufficient
information available for doing the same determination of which one of
two BSS entries is more current.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-03 19:26:47 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2a1cf26ecf nl80211: Add more debug details to duplicate scan entry removal
This makes it easier to understand which cfg80211 entry got removed as
obsolete duplicate.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-03 18:59:32 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
865081c307 privsep: Support frequency list for scan requests
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-03 18:27:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
da818ee5e9 privsep: Support multiple scan SSIDs
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-03 18:17:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
002b504d19 privsep: Coding style cleanup for struct definitions
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-03 18:06:03 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d3c43e5855 privsep: Fix scan result fetching with Beacon frame IEs
wpa_priv did not yet support Beacon frame IEs (res->beacon_ie_len) which
resulted in invalid scan data being accepted in driver_privsep.c. Add
support for res->beacon_ie_len and also fix the validation step to take
this new variable length field into account.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-12-03 18:02:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c8fef7869d nl80211: Split nl80211_check_bss_status() into a separate function
This allows a single scan result to be checked at a time. This is a step
towards optimizing scan result fetching without having to allocate
memory for all entries at the same time.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-02 20:54:49 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e35e137298 nl80211: Separate channel noise fetch from scan result processing
This untangles the NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY handler loop from
NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN processing so that the per-channel noise
information can be fetched with a common function to a local data
structure that can then be easily used to update individual scan results
(a single BSS) instead of having to go through a full set of scan
results. This is a step towards optimizing scan result fetching without
having to allocate memory for all entries at the same time.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-02 20:48:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
cb2b666670 Fix 4addr reassociation-without-deauthentication on AP
Data connection was lost if a station reassociated without the STA entry
being cleaned up on the AP side. Fix this by moving reconfiguration of
the STA WDS parameters in association response callback to happen only
after the STA flags have been updated to associated stated.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-12-02 12:51:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8c0ed37b64 wired: Mark some common helper functions static
These are used only within driver_wired_common.c now at the end of the
refactoring changes, so there is no need to make these helper functions
available outside driver_wired_common.c.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-11-30 20:08:39 +02:00
Sabrina Dubroca
f014d9dbf0 macsec_linux: Add a driver for macsec on Linux kernels
This uses libnl3 to communicate with the macsec module available on
Linux. A recent enough version of libnl is needed for the macsec.h file
(which is not yet available in a formal libnl release at the time of
this commit).

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-11-30 20:08:36 +02:00
Sabrina Dubroca
8618313b6e drivers: Move driver_wired_get_ssid() to a common file
This continues refactoring of the common parts of wired drivers code
into a shared file, so that they can be reused by other drivers.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-11-30 19:33:43 +02:00
Sabrina Dubroca
d27c42baea drivers: Move driver_wired_get_bssid() to a common file
This continues refactoring of the common parts of wired drivers code
into a shared file, so that they can be reused by other drivers.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-11-30 19:33:43 +02:00
Sabrina Dubroca
9281e5c5ce drivers: Move driver_wired_get_capa() to a common file
This continues refactoring of the common parts of wired drivers code
into a shared file, so that they can be reused by other drivers.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-11-30 19:33:43 +02:00
Sabrina Dubroca
ec9cfb96c2 drivers: Move driver_wired_deinit_common() to a common file
This continues refactoring of the common parts of wired drivers code
into a shared file, so that they can be reused by other drivers.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-11-30 19:33:43 +02:00
Sabrina Dubroca
ed5ae61193 drivers: Move driver_wired_init_common() to a common file
This continues refactoring of the common parts of wired drivers code
into a shared file, so that they can be reused by other drivers.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-11-30 19:33:43 +02:00
Sabrina Dubroca
5a55ec38ed drivers: Move driver_wired_get_ifstatus() to a common file
This continues refactoring of the common parts of wired drivers code
into a shared file, so that they can be reused by other drivers.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-11-30 19:33:43 +02:00
Sabrina Dubroca
d718a5d975 drivers: Move driver_wired_set_ifflags() to a common file
This continues refactoring of the common parts of wired drivers code
into a shared file, so that they can be reused by other drivers.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-11-30 19:33:43 +02:00
Sabrina Dubroca
567b7d4ec2 drivers: Move driver_wired_get_ifflags() to a common file
This continues refactoring of the common parts of wired drivers code
into a shared file, so that they can be reused by other drivers.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-11-30 19:33:43 +02:00
Sabrina Dubroca
693124a1e4 drivers: Move driver_wired_multi() to a common file
This continues refactoring of the common parts of wired drivers code
into a shared file, so that they can be reused by other drivers.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-11-30 19:33:43 +02:00
Sabrina Dubroca
b0906ef770 drivers: Move wired_multicast_membership() to a common file
This continues refactoring of the common parts of wired drivers code
into a shared file, so that they can be reused by other drivers.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-11-30 19:33:43 +02:00
Sabrina Dubroca
0abc8d10cc drivers: Move common definitions for wired drivers out
Refactor the common parts of wired drivers code into a shared file, so
that they can be reused by other drivers. The macsec_qca driver already
contains a lot of code duplication from the wired driver, and the
macsec_linux driver would do the same. A structure to hold data common
to all wired drivers is added and used in all these drivers.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-11-30 19:33:43 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
eeb34a432e nl80211: Enhance abort scan to also abort the vendor scan
This commit enhances the abort scan implementation to also abort the
vendor scan, if one was used to trigger the scan.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-11-30 19:33:39 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
1a793f5c2b Define a QCA vendor command to abort vendor scan
The new QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_ABORT_SCAN command can be used to
abort an ongoing scan that was started with
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_TRIGGER_SCAN.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-11-30 17:11:01 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
2ab09656ae AP: Do not drop STA entry if PMF is used with full AP client state
This fixes a regression from commit
bb598c3bdd ('AP: Add support for full
station state'). That commit added code to remove and re-add the kernel
STA entry when processing Authentication frames with a driver that
advertises support for full AP client state. That resulted in bypassing
PMF protections for unprotected Authentication frames with such drivers
since the TK was lost in this operation.

It is simplest to skip the STA entry clearing in this type of case
completely to leave the TK in place and to process the new
authentication exchange otherwise normally. This matches the behavior
used with the drivers that do not implement full AP client state.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-11-29 16:26:00 +02:00
Will Glynn
209dad066e FT: Explicitly check for MDE not present in non-FT association
IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 12.4.2 states that if an MDE is present in an
(Re)Association Request frame but the RSNE uses a non-FT AKM suite, the
AP shall reject the association using status code 43 ("Invalid AKMP").

wpa_validate_wpa_ie() now explicitly checks for this condition to meet
this requirement instead of simply ignoring the MDE based on non-FT AKM.

Signed-off-by: Will Glynn <will@willglynn.com>
2016-11-26 11:39:44 +02:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
d4f3003c56 nl80211: Configure Beacon frame TX rate if driver advertises support
If the driver advertises support for setting Beacon frame data rate,
allow the user to configure this rate as part of starting the AP. Only
one Beacon frame TX rate is allowed.

Drivers advertising such support should set corresponding flag via the
NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES attribute.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-11-26 00:36:27 +02:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
29483a5678 Add support for user configurable Beacon frame data rate for AP mode
Allow configuration of Beacon frame TX rate from hostapd.conf with
"beacon_rate=xx" option. The following format is used to set
legacy/HT/VHT beacon rates:

Legacy (CCK/OFDM rates):
	beacon_rate=<legacy rate in 100 kbps>
HT:
	beacon_rate=ht:<HT MCS>
VHT:
	beacon_rate=vht:<VHT MCS>

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-11-25 23:12:30 +02:00
Sabrina Dubroca
e0d9fd344d wpa_supplicant: Allow configuring the MACsec port for MKA
Previously, wpa_supplicant only supported hardcoded port == 1 in the
SCI, but users may want to choose a different port.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-11-20 00:35:31 +02:00
Sabrina Dubroca
1d3d0666a6 mka: Add enable_encrypt op and call it from CP state machine
This allows MKA to turn encryption on/off down to the driver.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-11-20 00:35:23 +02:00
Sabrina Dubroca
7b4d546e3d wpa_supplicant: Add macsec_integ_only setting for MKA
So that the user can turn encryption on (MACsec provides
confidentiality+integrity) or off (MACsec provides integrity only). This
commit adds the configuration parameter while the actual behavior change
to disable encryption in the driver is handled in the following commit.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-11-20 00:35:16 +02:00
Sabrina Dubroca
008e224dbb mka: Disable peer detection timeout for PSK mode
The first peer may take a long time to come up. In PSK mode we are
basically in a p2p system, and we cannot know when a peer will join the
key exchange. Wait indefinitely, and let the administrator decide if
they want to abort.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-11-20 00:35:11 +02:00
Joel Cunningham
7824bf77d6 nl80211: Fix get_inact_sec() returning -1 on failure
This commit fixes the nl80211 driver call get_inact_sec() to return -1
when STA inactivity time retrieval fails in i802_read_sta_data().

This was intended to be handled by initalizing the inactive_msec member
to -1 but i802_read_sta_data() assumes the data parameter is
uninitialized and memsets the entire structure, neutralizing the attempt
to distinguish between no value (-1) and a time value of 0.

This is fixed by now requiring i802_read_sta_data() callers to
initialize the data structure first (allowing get_inact_sec() to use
-1). This is a safe change because it does not change any driver API
behavior and only affects one other static function in driver_nl80211.c

Signed-off-by: Joel Cunningham <joel.cunningham@me.com>
2016-11-19 17:39:23 +02:00
Sabrina Dubroca
088d53dd15 mka: Fix getting capabilities from the driver
In commit a25e4efc9e ('mka: Add driver op
to get macsec capabilities') I added some code to check the driver's
capabilities. This commit has two problems:
 - wrong enum type set in kay->macsec_confidentiality
 - ignores that drivers could report MACSEC_CAP_NOT_IMPLEMENTED, in
   which case the MKA would claim that MACsec is supported.

Fix this by interpreting MACSEC_CAP_NOT_IMPLEMENTED in the same way as a
DO_NOT_SECURE policy, and set the correct value in
kay->macsec_confidentiality.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-11-19 17:29:54 +02:00
Peng Xu
5e785a6792 Reserve QCA vendor specific nl80211 command 144
This is reserved for QCA use.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-11-17 16:00:59 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
4051dd8667 GAS: Add Capability List ANQP-element support for Info ID 270, 280..299
This extends the anqp_elem configuration parameter support for new Info
IDs (270 (TDLS Capability) was previously missed from the list of
defined values, 280 has already been assigned in REVmc/D8.0; 281..299
are yet to be assigned). No additional source code changes are needed to
allow hostapd to advertise support for these if the ANQP-element value
is set with the anqp_elem parameter.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-11-17 16:00:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
d50f518e95 Fix libap.a build
Add the new defines and files to allow src/ap/libap.a to be build with
all the needed functions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-11-16 13:26:23 +02:00
Ilan Peer
4ec1fd8e42 FT: Differentiate between FT for station and for AP in build
Previously, CONFIG_IEEE80211R enabled build that supports FT for both
station mode and AP mode. However, in most wpa_supplicant cases only
station mode FT is required and there is no need for AP mode FT.

Add support to differentiate between station mode FT and AP mode FT in
wpa_supplicant builds by adding CONFIG_IEEE80211R_AP that should be used
when AP mode FT support is required in addition to station mode FT. This
allows binary size to be reduced for builds that require only the
station side FT functionality.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2016-10-29 22:14:54 +03:00
Beni Lev
f0259c3f68 hostapd: Fix own wide bandwidth subelement generation (neighbor report)
The Channel Center Frequency Segment subfields use the channel index
instead of frequency in MHz.

Signed-off-by: Beni Lev <beni.lev@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2016-10-29 22:03:43 +03:00
Ilan Peer
0a63635ed0 AP: Use valid status code in wpa_ft_send_rrb_auth_resp()
The return value from this function may be used in an outgoing message,
so use a valid status code instead of -1.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2016-10-29 22:02:14 +03:00
Avraham Stern
e4b48b7b0f Extend ieee80211_freq_to_channel_ext() to cover channels 52-64
Add frequency to channel conversion for the 5 GHz channels 52-64.

Signed-off-by: Avraham Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2016-10-29 21:51:04 +03:00
David Spinadel
451a27b1ad hostapd: Add a configuration to set an AP as stationary
Add a configuration option in hostapd.conf and in neighbor report that
sets an AP as stationary. To enable this option on the current AP set
the config option stationary_ap to 1. To set a neighbor entry to be
marked as stationary add the word stat to the SET_NEIGHBOR command. This
option tells hostapd to send LCI data even if it is older than requested
by max age subelement in RRM request.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2016-10-29 19:16:47 +03:00
Ilan Peer
f5ec346902 hostapd: Fix adding neighbor entry
It is possible that a LCI or location civic configuration buffer
is valid but contains no data. In such a case do not add the LCI
and location civic information to the entry in the neighbor
data base.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2016-10-29 19:10:17 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
99b82bf537 mka: Implement reference counting on data_key
struct data_key already had a 'user' field for reference counting, but
it was basically unused.

Add an ieee802_1x_kay_use_data_key() function to take a reference on a
key, and use ieee802_1x_kay_deinit_data_key() to release the reference.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-10-29 11:38:57 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
23c3528a84 mka: Add support for removing SAs
So that the core can notify drivers that need to perform some operations
when an SA is deleted.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-10-29 11:35:38 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
6b6175b788 mka: Sync structs definitions with IEEE Std 802.1X-2010
Document some data structures from IEEE Std 802.1X-2010, and add the
(not used yet) struct ieee802_1x_mka_dist_cak_body.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-10-29 11:28:29 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
6f551abdfc mka: Remove "channel" hacks from the stack and the macsec_qca driver
This is specific to the macsec_qca driver. The core implementation
shouldn't care about this, and only deal with the complete secure
channel, and pass this down to the driver.

Drivers that have such limitations should take care of these in their
->create functions and throw an error.

Since the core MKA no longer saves the channel number, the macsec_qca
driver must be able to recover it. Add a map (which is just an array
since it's quite short) to match SCIs to channel numbers, and lookup
functions that will be called in every place where functions would get
the channel from the core code. Getting an available channel should be
part of channel creation, instead of being a preparation step.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-10-29 11:24:08 +03:00
Sergei Sinyak
7d8f795003 Fix typo in DigestAlgorithn
Replace n with m in DigestAlgorithn, i.e., DigestAlgorithm.

Signed-off-by: Sergei Sinyak <serega.belarus@gmail.com>
2016-10-29 11:14:09 +03:00
Filip Matusiak
59d7cff7e3 AP: Disable VHT in TKIP-only configuration
This has already been done for WEP, but there's same constraint for not
allowing VTH rates in case of TKIP.

Signed-off-by: Filip Matusiak <filip.matusiak@tieto.com>
2016-10-29 00:55:49 +03:00
Avrahams Stern
78a3b23060 P2P: Clear old P2PS provision data
Receiving a provision discovery request for an ASP service that
has auto accept set to false should result in a provision discovery
response with the status field set to "currently unavailable".
Having stale P2PS provision data, results in sending a response with
the status set to success because it is mistakenly referred to as the
follow-on provision discovery request.

Fix that by clearing stale P2PS provision data in the following cases:
 1. When provision discovery is complete
 2. When ASP services are flushed (in which case old ASP provisioning
    is no longer valid).

Signed-off-by: Avrahams Stern <avraham.stern@intel.com>
2016-10-29 00:55:49 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
f69939ede8 P2P: Clear listen state during PD-in-FIND
drv->in_listen should be cleared whenever the state timeout is cleared,
if they were set together. If the flag is not cleared, the
p2p_listen_end() called during cancel-remain-on-channel will not restart
the search, relying on the state timeout function to do it. Use the
p2p_stop_listen_for_freq() function to clear the listen state properly.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
2016-10-29 00:55:49 +03:00
Arik Nemtsov
4cc0f909b2 P2P: Clear P2PS provision state on P2P flush
Otherwise, if a P2PS provision is incomplete before the flush, it can
cause incorrect provision responses to be sent out.

Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arikx.nemtsov@intel.com>
2016-10-29 00:55:49 +03:00
Kevin Mahoney
a818425d1c hostapd: Added signal level to STA tracking
Add signal level information to the station tracking information. Also
make it available via the "TRACK_STA_LIST" control command.

Signed-off-by: Kevin Mahoney <k.mahoney@cablelabs.com>
2016-10-29 00:55:49 +03:00
Cedric Izoard
8c889222bc TDLS: Fix checks on prohibit bits
ext_capab/ext_capab_len do not include ID and Length so no extra +2
offset should be used. This fixes a regression from commit
faf427645a ('TDLS: Use proper IE parsing
routine for non-EAPOL-Key cases') that replaced the IE parser without
noticing the difference in the pointer offset.

Signed-off-by: Flavia Vanetti <flavia.vanetti@ceva-dsp.com>
2016-10-29 00:24:12 +03:00
Peng Xu
c2ad5b9218 nl80211: Update channel information after channel switch notification
When channel switch happens, driver wrapper's internal channel
information needs to be updated so that the new frequency will be used
in operations using drv->assoc_freq. Previously, only bss->freq was
updated and the new frequency was also indicated in the EVENT_CH_SWITCH
event. This could potentially leave out couple of cases that use
drv->assoc_freq at least as a fallback mechanism for getting the current
operating frequency.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-28 23:58:23 +03:00
Nishant Chaprana
5f99d96287 Removed redundant NULL check for sta in hostapd_event_sta_low_ack()
Signed-off-by: Nishant Chaprana <n.chaprana@samsung.com>
2016-10-28 19:06:20 +03:00
Nishant Chaprana
230b2b2c3d Removed redundant NULL check for b in wpabuf_concat()
Signed-off-by: Nishant Chaprana <n.chaprana@samsung.com>
2016-10-28 19:05:08 +03:00
Maneesh Jain
641c73f84f driver.h: Fix a typo in a comment
Signed-off-by: Maneesh Jain <maneesh.jain@samsung.com>
2016-10-28 19:01:50 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
2e4e4fb71c nl80211: Allow TDLS trigger modes to be configured to the host driver
This commit adds a control interface command to configure the TDLS
trigger mode to the host driver. This TDLS mode is configured through
the "SET tdls_trigger_control" control interface command.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-27 23:22:33 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
14cd203fff QCA vendor command to configure the TDLS behavior in the host driver
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-27 23:12:25 +03:00
lifeng
a18563d428 Extend QCA vendor attribute link layer statistics attribute
This adds new statistics attributes to support channel hopping feature.

Signed-off-by: Li Feng <lifeng@qti.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-27 22:05:59 +03:00
lifeng
95f3703ae1 Add more QCA vendor attribute definitions into qca-vendor.h
These attributes were previously maintained elsewhere. This commit moves
them to follow the standard assignment process through the qca-vendor.h
file in hostap.git.

Signed-off-by: Li Feng <lifeng@qti.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-27 22:03:33 +03:00
lifeng
87416eaf64 QCA vendor attribute to report frame aggregation failure
Add a new vendor attribute config to set the reorder blocksize and
timeout in 4 ACs, and then report the frame aggregation failure
statistics in QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_STATS_EXT command. In addition,
fix the spelling of the enum value for this subcommand.

Signed-off-by: Li Feng <lifeng@qti.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-27 21:46:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
befdb2dc8d nl80211: Check driver FILS capability
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-27 16:06:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
40a4572738 nl80211: FILS KEK and nonces for NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
This sends the FILS KEK and AAD context (nonces) to the driver with the
NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE messages when using FILS.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-27 15:02:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d8f9342d03 nl80211: Add support for setting FILS authentication algorithm
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-27 15:02:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e76e950eac Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2016-10-27.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-10-27 15:02:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2a0b86d319 Note set_key(WPA_ALG_NONE) failure in debug log
This makes wpa_remove_ptk() call to wpa_auth_set_key() more consistent
with all the other calls that verify the return value to keep static
analyzers happier.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-26 00:41:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
061dac1d3c FILS: Claim FILS capability only if driver supports it
"GET_CAPABILITY fils" used to return "FILS" based on wpa_supplicant
configuration. This can be made more useful by checking both for
wpa_supplicant and driver support for FILS.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-26 00:41:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ff338fab92 FILS: Setup EAPOL state machines properly after FILS association (AP)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-26 00:41:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
da24c5aa1c FILS: Set TK after association (AP)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-26 00:41:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
07e0117d21 FILS: Mark connection fully authorized after FILS Association (AP)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-26 00:20:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
706df4291b FILS: Association Response processing (STA)
Decrypt the AES-SIV protected elements and verify Key-Auth. Parse and
configure keys to the driver.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-26 00:20:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e73ffa0925 FILS: Add Association Response frame elements and encrypt them (AP)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-25 20:42:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
78815f3dde FILS: Decrypt Association Request elements and check Key-Auth (AP)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-25 20:42:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
86cd6928e0 FILS: Add elements to FILS Association Request frame
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-25 20:01:06 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ac56c39532 driver: Add option to pass FILS KEK/AAD to the driver for association
This allows the FILS KEK and AAD data (nonces) to be configured to the
driver for association so that the driver can encrypt the
(Re)Association Request frame and decrypt the (Re)Association Response
frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-24 23:07:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a660993772 FILS: Authentication frame processing (STA)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-22 23:28:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c4fd6d8aa8 FILS: Process FILS Authentication frame (AP)
This implements processing of FILS Authentication frame for FILS shared
key authentication with ERP and PMKSA caching.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-22 23:27:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ffb62f2272 FILS: Add a helper function for status code conversion
This will allow the existing code to be reused for FILS needs.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-22 23:27:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c1bd4bac5f FILS: Extend wpa_auth_pmksa_get() to support PMKID matching
This is needed for FILS processing to enable PMKSA caching.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-22 23:13:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c30bd28b14 FILS: Export IEEE 802.1X helper functions
ieee802_1x_encapsulate_radius() and ieee802_1x_alloc_eapol_sm() need to
be called from FILS processing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-22 23:13:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a6228b8ed6 ERP: Update client identity based on EAP-Initiate/Re-auth
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-22 23:13:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f00b9b8864 FILS: Try to use FILS authentication if PMKSA or ERP entry is available
If a PMKSA cache entry for the target AP is available, try to use FILS
with PMKSA caching.

If an ERP key for the target AP is available, try to use FILS with
EAP-Initiate/Re-auth added as Wrapper Data element.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-22 23:13:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0866ed004d WPA: Add debug print for not-update-own-IEs case
This makes it easier to understand debug logs related to own WPA/RSN IE
selection.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-22 22:55:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
14de9e31c4 FILS: Include wpa_insert_pmkid() in non-FT builds
This function is needed for FILS as well as FT.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-22 22:55:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
de57d87353 ERP: Make eap_peer_finish() callable
This is needed for FILS to process EAP-Finish/Re-auth.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-22 18:26:00 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c28767e11c ERP: Make eap_peer_erp_reauth_start() available
This needs to be callable through the EAPOL supplicant wrappers to allow
FILS implementation to use ERP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-22 18:25:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5b092fb63f nl80211: Make full (Re)Association Response frame available
This is needed for FILS processing since AAD includes data before the
first element.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-22 18:12:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2aa1e48a45 FILS: Do not clear PTK on FILS Auth/Assoc (AP)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-22 18:11:14 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a852ab4c72 FILS: Key-Auth derivation function for FILS SK
This implements Key-Auth derivation for (Re)Association Request frames
(see P802.11ai/D11.0 12.12.2.6.2) and (Re)Association Response frames
(see P802.11ai/D11.0 12.12.2.6.3).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-22 17:51:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c089bc5725 FILS: PMK-to-PTK key derivation for FILS authentication
This is the PTKSA key derivation used as part of the FILS authentication
exchange. See P802.11ai/D11.0 12.12.2.5.3.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-22 17:51:43 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ce16c489d8 Rename sae_data to more generic auth_data
This makes it cleaner for the FILS implementation to use the same design
for setting Authentication frame elements as was already done with SAE.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-22 17:51:43 +03:00
Lior David
6eb1a569ca Add QCA vendor command/attr for low level DMG(11ad) RF sector control
Add operations to allow low level control over RF sectors in QCA DMG
(11ad) chipsets. Operations include getting/setting the configuration of
a specific sector, as well as getting/setting the selected sector which
the HW uses to communicate with a specific station.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-17 11:43:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bf07e05349 ERP: Do not pass full EAP header to eap_peer_erp_reauth_start()
That function does not need the full EAP header -- it only needs to know
which EAP identifier to use in the message. Make this usable for cases
where the previous EAP message may not exist (FILS).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2449791b8e FILS: Update EAPOL-Key Descriptor Version RX rules (AP)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
16eb485806 FILS: Handle Group Key msg 1/2 without MIC when using AEAD cipher (STA)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
75c8563e05 FILS: Perform AEAD processing after PTK has been confirmed
This covers EAPOL-Key frames other than 2/4 that needed special handling
to confirm PTK.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0ab1dd0106 FILS: Use AEAD cipher to check received EAPOL-Key frames (STA)
This changes 4-way handshake authenticator processing to decrypt the
EAPOL-Key frames using an AEAD cipher (AES-SIV with FILS AKMs) before
processing the Key Data field. This replaces Key MIC validation for the
cases where AEAD cipher is used.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b729fd8df9 FILS: Use AEAD cipher to protect EAPOL-Key frames (AP)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3b5b7aa8fb FILS: Use AEAD cipher to check received EAPOL-Key frames (AP)
This changes 4-way handshake authenticator processing to decrypt the
EAPOL-Key frames using an AEAD cipher (AES-SIV with FILS AKMs) before
processing the Key Data field. This replaces Key MIC validation for the
cases where AEAD cipher is used. This needs to move the EAPOL-Key msg
2/4 RSN element processing to happen only after the PTK has been derived
and validated. That is done for all AKMs to avoid extra complexity with
having to maintain two code paths for this.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2022f1d08d FILS: Use AEAD cipher to protect EAPOL-Key frames (STA)
This modifies wpa_eapol_key_send() to use AEAD cipher (AES-SIV for FILS
AKMs) to provide both integrity protection for the EAPOL-Key frame and
encryption for the Key Data field. It should be noted that this starts
encrypting the Key Data field in EAPOL-Key message 2/4 while it remains
unencrypted (but integrity protected) in non-FILS cases. Similarly, the
empty Key Data field in EAPOL-Key message 4/4 gets encrypted for AEAD
cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1049af7e03 RSN: Pass full PTK to wpa_eapol_key_send() instead of KCK only
This will be needed to be able to implement AEAD cipher support from
FILS that will need to use KEK to protect the frame.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b986648389 FILS: Update EAPOL-Key RX rules for FILS (AP)
Key Descriptor Version 0 is used with FILS and Key Info MIC field is set
to 0 with AEAD ciphers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
352caf006a FILS: Update EAPOL-Key descriptor version rules for RX (STA)
FILS AKM uses Key Descriptor version 0 and AEAD cipher.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
36a50fd4e8 FILS: Set EAPOL-Key Key Descriptor Version to 0 with FILS AKMs (AP)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4a26ccdae6 FILS: Set EAPOL-Key Key Info MIC=0 when using AEAD cipher (supplicant)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f5ff8ae6a7 FILS: Do not add Key MIC field in supplicant when using AEAD cipher
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dc5bad48af RSN authenticator: Add more debug print details on EAPOL-Key RX
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6d014ffc6e Make struct wpa_eapol_key easier to use with variable length MIC
Suite B 192-bit addition from IEEE Std 802.11ac-2013 replaced the
previous fixed length Key MIC field with a variable length field. That
change was addressed with an addition of a new struct defined for the
second MIC length. This is not really scalable and with FILS coming up
with a zero-length MIC case for AEAD, a more thorough change to support
variable length MIC is needed.

Remove the Key MIC and Key Data Length fields from the struct
wpa_eapol_key and find their location based on the MIC length
information (which is determined by the AKMP). This change allows the
separate struct wpa_eapol_key_192 to be removed since struct
wpa_eapol_key will now include only the fixed length fields that are
shared with all EAPOL-Key cases in IEEE Std 802.11.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
94f66e8a26 FILS: Advertise ERP domain in FILS Indication element
Calculate the hashed realm from hostapd erp_domain configuration
parameter and add this to the FILS Indication element when ERP is
enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c30ed45f45 FILS: Allow hostapd to select FILS AKM for connection
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f55acd909e FILS: Set FILS Capability bit in management frames from AP
If FILS is enabled, indicate that in Beacon, Probe Response, and
(Re)Association Response frames in the Extended Capabilities element.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
198a942c83 FILS: Add FILS Indication element to Beacon and Probe Response frames
If FILS is enabled, indicate that in AP Beacon/Probe Response frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
903ecbe8da FILS: Add hostapd configuration options
This adds CONFIG_FILS=y build configuration option and new key
management options for FILS authentication.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 21:11:27 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
274d8b776f FILS: Add definitions for new frames and values
This adds definitions for various management frame elements and values
from P802.11ai/D11.0.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 20:46:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
94318a0d30 FILS: Add AKM definitions
This adds definitions for the new AKM suite values from P802.11ai/D11.0.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 20:46:36 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1d29163035 FILS: Add new information elements
This adds definitions for new information elements from P802.11ai/D11.0
and parsing of these IEs.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 20:46:33 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
325a85be36 Extend AES-SIV implementation to support different key lengths
The previous implementation was hardcoded to use 128-bit AES key
(AEAD_AES_SIV_CMAC_256). Extend this by allowing AEAD_AES_SIV_CMAC_384
and AEAD_AES_SIV_CMAC_512 with 192-bit and 256-bit AES keys.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-10 19:40:59 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e2991ee580 Move CRC-32 routine from wlantest to src/utils
This allows the CRC-32 routine to be shared for other purposes in
addition to the WEP/TKIP/FCS within wlantest.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-09 17:13:23 +03:00
Michael Braun
96590564d6 FT: Allow PMK-R0 and PMK-R1 for FT-PSK to be generated locally
Station should be able to connect initially without ft_pmk_cache filled,
so the target AP has the PSK available and thus the same information as
the origin AP. Therefore neither caching nor communication between the
APs with respect to PMK-R0 or PMK-R1 or VLANs is required if the target
AP derives the required PMKs locally.

This patch introduces the generation of the required PMKs locally for
FT-PSK. Additionally, PMK-R0 is not stored (and thus pushed) for FT-PSK.

So for FT-PSK networks, no configuration of inter-AP communication is
needed anymore when using ft_psk_generate_local=1 configuration. The
default behavior (ft_psk_generate_local=0) remains to use the pull/push
protocol.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-10-09 11:57:56 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
a25e4efc9e mka: Add driver op to get macsec capabilities
This also implements the macsec_get_capability for the macsec_qca
driver to maintain the existing behavior.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-10-09 11:30:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
53b2555f67 EAP-pwd: Validate Prep field in EAP-pwd-ID/Response
RFC 5931 Section 2.8.5.1 does not list the Prep field as something that
the server validates to match the Request. However, the supplicant side
has to use the same pre-processing mechanism for the password for the
authentication to work, so we may as well as enforce this field to match
the requested value now that wpa_supplicant implementation is fixed to
copy the value from the request.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-10-08 19:43:36 +03:00
Brian Candler
2875e32333 EAP-pwd: Fix Prep in EAP-pwd-ID/Response when EAP_PWD_PREP_MS is used
Fix the pre-processing field in the response when EAP_PWD_PREP_MS is
being used. This fixes interoperability with EAP-pwd servers that
validate the Prep field in EAP-pwd-ID/Response when the RFC2759
(PasswordHashHash) pre-processing is used.

Signed-off-by: Brian Candler <B.Candler@pobox.com>
2016-10-08 19:43:09 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
5f5ca28414 mka: Pass full structures down to macsec drivers' receive SC ops
Clean up the driver interface by passing pointers to struct receive_sc
down the stack to the {create,delete}_recevie_sc() ops, instead of
passing the individual properties of the SC.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-10-08 00:45:19 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
8ebfc7c2ba mka: Pass full structures down to macsec drivers' transmit SC ops
Clean up the driver interface by passing pointers to struct transmit_sc
down the stack to the {create,delete}_transmit_sc() ops, instead of
passing the individual arguments.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-10-08 00:45:03 +03:00
Julian Ospald
b70d508c50 LibreSSL: Fix compatibility for EAP-FAST
This basically just follows commit
587b0457e0 ('LibreSSL: Fix build with
LibreSSL') with the same pattern, which was missed here.

Signed-off-by: Julian Ospald <hasufell@hasufell.de>
2016-10-08 00:36:18 +03:00
Christian Neukirchen
df426738fb LibreSSL: Fix TLS initialization/deinitialization
Due to a missing guard for old OpenSSL code, SSL_library_init() was not
called, which is required for LibreSSL. Likewise for cleanup.

Signed-off-by: Christian Neukirchen <chneukirchen@gmail.com>
2016-10-08 00:27:56 +03:00
Christian Neukirchen
0d42179e12 LibreSSL: Fix dh5 code
Add LibreSSL check to old OpenSSL #ifdef guard as DH_{get0,set0}_key()
is not implemented in LibreSSL.

Signed-off-by: Christian Neukirchen <chneukirchen@gmail.com>
2016-10-08 00:26:18 +03:00
Lior David
32d08d5bf6 Add QCA vendor attributes for measurement frequency for FTM/AOA
Add attributes for specifing the frequency where FTM/AOA measurement is
done over the air. This allows the user space framework to maintain its
own cache of peers without depending on the kernel scan results cache,
or perform scans less often (since entries in the kernel scan results
cache expire quickly). The change is backward compatible. If the
frequency attribute is not specified, the kernel scan results cache will
be queried, like done today.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-10-04 23:44:18 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
cecdecdbe8 mka: Pass full structures down to macsec drivers' receive SA ops
Clean up the driver interface by passing pointers to struct receive_sa
down the stack to the {create,enable,disable}_receive_sa() ops, instead
of passing the individual properties of the SA.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-10-03 13:26:26 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
909c1b9835 mka: Pass full structures down to macsec drivers' transmit SA ops
Clean up the driver interface by passing pointers to struct transmit_sa
down the stack to the {create,enable,disable}_transmit_sa ops, instead
of passing the individual properties of the SA.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-10-03 13:17:21 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
7fa5eff8ab mka: Pass full structures down to macsec drivers' packet number ops
Clean up the driver interface by passing pointers to structs transmit_sa
and receive_sa down the stack to get_receive_lowest_pn(),
get_transmit_next_pn(), and set_transmit_next_pn() ops, instead of
passing the individual arguments.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-10-03 12:54:08 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
f75f6e2b03 mka: Move structs {transmit,receive}_{sa,sc} to a common header
These structs will be passed down to macsec drivers in a coming patch to
make the driver interface cleaner, so they need to be shared between the
core MKA implementation and the drivers.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-10-03 12:50:07 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
98529f3857 The master branch is now used for v2.7 development
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-10-02 22:27:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2462f347bc Change version number to v2.6 for the release
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-10-02 21:51:11 +03:00
Nishant Chaprana
746e5c2565 Fix spelling mistakes in number of comments
Signed-off-by: Nishant Chaprana <n.chaprana@samsung.com>
2016-09-30 22:45:03 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
8b6688847e Add explicit enum values for QCA vendor config attributes
This makes it easier to copy a subset of definitions without
accidentally getting mismatching values.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-09-30 22:45:03 +03:00
vamsi krishna
8f47917493 MBO: Add support to send ANQP request to get cellular preference
This extends ANQP_GET command to support querying MBO cellular
preference also. The cellular preference can be requested along with
neigbor report by appending mbo:1 to the command arguments.

For example:
ANQP_GET <bssid> 272,mbo:1

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-09-30 22:45:03 +03:00
lifeng
8b7c5b8941 QCA vendor command for antenna diversity feature
The user space app use QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_GET_CHAIN_RSSI cmd to
get the corresponding antenna rssi value for the specific chain. And the
associcated attributes are added to configure the antenna diversity and
related selftest.

Signed-off-by: Li Feng <lifeng@qti.qualcomm.com>
2016-09-26 23:46:59 +03:00
vamsi krishna
64c92c0757 MBO: Do not parse reason_detail in non_pref_chan attr (AP)
The reason detail field was removed from non_pref_chan attr in MBO
v0.0_r25 draft. Don't parse for this element to be compliant with the
latest drafr.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-09-25 17:31:26 +03:00
vamsi krishna
2800ec85d2 MBO: Add QCA vendor option to configure driver to ignore assoc disallow
MBO capable APs can set association disallowed in the Beacon/Probe
Response frames. For testing purposes, the STA needs to be configured to
not ignore the association disallowed set by APs and continue to connect
to such AP like non-MBO enabled STA. Add a QCA vendor attribute for
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SET_WIFI_CONFIGURATION vendor sub command to
configure the driver to ignore association disallowed functionality.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-09-25 17:31:26 +03:00
Zhang Qian
320caeab29 Add attributes for QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_LL_STATS_EXT
More attributes are added for QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_LL_STATS_EXT
1. Peer signal stats;
2. Peer TX stats;
3. Peer RX stats

Signed-off-by: Zhang Qian <zhangq@qti.qualcomm.com>
2016-09-23 21:13:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ef24ad3ec5 nl80211: Remove unnecessary duplication from nl80211_set_param()
There is no need to find bss->drv separately for each parameter, so do
this once at the beginning of the function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-09-23 17:36:55 +03:00
Mikael Kanstrup
4d584d8c2b nl80211: Add driver parameter force_bss_selection
Add driver parameter command to force capability flag
WPA_DRIVER_FLAGS_BSS_SELECTION even if driver states otherwise. This is
mainly for testing purposes.

Signed-off-by: Mikael Kanstrup <mikael.kanstrup@sonymobile.com>
2016-09-23 17:36:55 +03:00
Ilan Peer
dc2744f922 P2P: Fix common frequencies calculation for a group
Ignore group members for which there is no supported channels
information when calculating common group frequencies.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2016-09-22 23:48:14 +03:00
Srinivas Dasari
0d7eba5417 Define a QCA vendor command to validate encryption engine
This command carries 802.11 header and payload along with key (TK) and
PN for encryption/decryption purpose. Firmware/driver encrypts/decrypts
the given data and sends to userspace as a response to the command. User
space component can validate the data received from the driver to unit
test the hardware's encryption engine.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-09-22 20:30:05 +03:00
Denton Gentry
442819406c taxonomy: Store Probe Request frames in hostapd_sta_info
A weakness in the initial client taxonomy mechanism is from storing both
the Probe and Associate in struct sta_info. struct sta_info is created
after a client associates (or starts authentication frame exchange),
which means that any Probe Request frames sent prior to association are
not retained. The Associate Request frame has to be seen, and then
another Probe Request frame after association, before we have a
signature for the client.

Most clients send lots of Probe Request frames (lots and lots and lots
of Probes, actually), but a few do not. ChromeOS is notably sparing in
sending Probe Request frames, it can take a long time before a signature
for a ChromeOS device is available.

Store the most recent Probe Request frame in struct hostapd_sta_info
tracking list. When a struct sta_info is created, move the Probe Request
frame information from struct hostapd_sta_info to struct sta_info.

Signed-off-by: dgentry@google.com (Denton Gentry)
Signed-off-by: denny@geekhold.com (Denton Gentry)
Signed-off-by: rofrankel@google.com (Richard Frankel)
Signed-off-by: richard@frankel.tv (Richard Frankel)
2016-09-22 00:45:24 +03:00
Denton Gentry
04059ab844 Passive Client Taxonomy
Implement the signature mechanism described in the paper
"Passive Taxonomy of Wifi Clients using MLME Frame Contents"
published by Denton Gentry and Avery Pennarun.

http://research.google.com/pubs/pub45429.html
https://arxiv.org/abs/1608.01725

This involves:
1. Add a CONFIG_TAXONOMY compile option. Enabling taxonomy incurs
   a memory overhead of up to several kilobytes per associated
   station.
2. If enabled, store the Probe Request and (Re)Associate Request frame in
   struct sta_info.
3. Implement code to extract the ID of each Information Element,
   plus selected fields and bitmasks from certain IEs, into a
   descriptive text string. This is done in a new source file,
   src/ap/taxonomy.c.
4. Implement a "signature qq:rr:ss:tt:uu:vv" command
   in hostapd_cli to retrieve the signature.

Signatures take the form of a text string. For example, a signature
for the Nexus 5X is:
  wifi4|probe:0,1,127,45,191,htcap:01ef,htagg:03,htmcs:0000ffff,vhtcap:338061b2,
  vhtrxmcs:030cfffa,vhttxmcs:030cfffa,extcap:00000a0201000040|assoc:0,1,48,45,
  221(0050f2,2),191,127,htcap:01ef,htagg:03,htmcs:0000ffff,vhtcap:339071b2,
  vhtrxmcs:030cfffa,vhttxmcs:030cfffa,extcap:0000000000000040

Signed-off-by: dgentry@google.com (Denton Gentry)
Signed-off-by: denny@geekhold.com (Denton Gentry)
Signed-off-by: rofrankel@google.com (Richard Frankel)
Signed-off-by: richard@frankel.tv (Richard Frankel)
2016-09-22 00:45:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5e993390f6 Initialize iface->sta_seen on allocation
Previously, struct hostapd_iface sta_seen list head was initialized only
when completing interface setup. This left a window for operation that
could potentially iterate through the list before the list head has been
initialized. While the existing code checked iface->num_sta_seen to
avoid this case, it is much cleaner to initialize the list when struct
hostapd_iface is allocated to avoid any accidental missing of the extra
checks before list iteration.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-09-22 00:45:24 +03:00
Nick Lowe
81258efacb Remove unused generation of Request Authenticator in Account-Request
Do not generate an unused and invalid Request Authenticator (random
value) when constructing Accounting-Request packets. The correct Request
Authenticator is calculated subsequently in radius_msg_finish_acct()
using MD5(msg + shared secret).

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-09-22 00:34:19 +03:00
Rafał Miłecki
ea19b39f60 Revert "nl80211: Remove duplicated check in nl80211_setup_ap()"
This reverts commit 647862eb60.

The second check of device_ap_sme looks like duplicated, but it isn't
actually. The trick is nl80211_create_monitor_interface may change that
variable value and the second evaluation may give a different result.

This definitely isn't a very clear code, but that change caused a
regression for drivers that:
1) Don't report NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME
2) Don't support monitor mode
3) Don't support subscribing for PROBE_REQ and/or ACTION frames
like brcmfmac. With such drivers hostapd doesn't start anymore.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
2016-09-17 20:08:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
205d2d1ff5 Fix typos in wpa_supplicant configuration parameter documentation
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-09-10 21:09:52 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
660103eca9 nl80211: Use the monitor interface only without device_ap_sme support
The places using drv->use_monitor were already skipping creation of the
monitor interface if drv->device_ap_sme == 0. This means that the
monitor interface operations would not have worked anyway and it is safe
to set drv->use_monitor to zero for all such cases. This fixes an issue
with management frame subscription not happening properly for the case
where the AP SME is in the driver and the driver supports monitor
interfaces (for other purposes).

This commit also removes the check for monitor support and the
previously used workaround that cleared drv->use_monitor in
drv->device_ap_sme == 1 case if monitor interface was not supported
since that condition cannot occur anymore.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-09-08 23:19:07 +03:00
Dedy Lansky
c7f9d44825 FST: Fix search for peer's "other" connection
Upon receiving FST Setup Request from some peer on some interface,
search is made to see if same peer is connected on other interface with
specific band_id. With multiple peers, bug in
fst_group_does_iface_appear_in_other_mbies() caused wrong peer address
to be returned sometimes.

Fix this with a modified, simplified search algorithm of peer's "other"
connection.

Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <qca_dlansky@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-09-08 11:17:45 +03:00
Lior David
a62dea4156 Fix mistakes in definition of QCA vendor commands for indoor location
Fix some mistakes in the previous commit for adding QCA vendor commands
for indoor location.

Note: The renamed enum value does not change the ABI, but the addition
of QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_FTM_MEAS_INVALID in the beginning of enum
qca_wlan_vendor_attr_ftm_meas does renumber
QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_FTM_MEAS_* values. The previous values were
committed yesterday and have not been used in any released code yet, so
this is a justifiable quick fix.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-09-06 23:38:47 +03:00
Joel Cunningham
711e3cab07 Handle NULL return from os_zalloc() in sta_track_add()
This adds handling for a memory allocation failure in sta_track_add().

Signed-off-by: Joel Cunningham <joel.cunningham@me.com>
2016-09-06 18:58:08 +03:00
Lior David
fcd85d9a3f Add QCA vendor commands/attributes for indoor location
Assign QCA vendor specific commands, attributes, and events for
supporting indoor location features.

These features include:

1. Fine timing measurement (FTM) - allows measurement of distance
between two stations. Based on IEEE P802.11-REVmc/D7.0, 11.24.6 FTM is
performed between two stations: one is an initiator, typically a client
that wants to measure distance to another AP, and one is a responder,
typically an AP which responds to measurement requests from other
clients. The responder can be configured to report its location, either
in absolute coordinates (LCI) or free-form description (LCR).

2. Angle of arrival (AOA) - allows measurement of azimuth and elevation
between two stations.

The above features can be combined to allow a station to get an accurate
indoor location.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-09-05 21:59:18 +03:00
Lior David
faecb39236 hostapd: Allow FTM functionality to be published
Add configuration options that control publishing of fine timing
measurement (FTM) responder and initiator functionality via bits 70, 71
of Extended Capabilities element. Typically, FTM functionality is
controlled by a location framework outside hostapd. When framework is
activated, it will use hostapd to configure the AP to publish the FTM
functionality. See IEEE P802.11-REVmc/D7.0, 9.4.2.27.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-09-05 21:23:07 +03:00
Tamizh chelvam
fc72a48a63 hostapd: Use stations nsts capability in (Re)Association Response frame
Some deployed stations incorrectly consider nsts capability in
(Re)Association Response frame as required capability instead of maximum
capability and if it is greater than station's capability then beamform
will not happen in uplink traffic.

This commit adds support for an optional workaround to use station's
nsts capability in (Re)Association Response frame if the station's nsts
is less than AP by using the use_sta_nsts=1 configuration parameter.
This configuration is introduced in this commit and it is disabled by
default.

Signed-off-by: Tamizh chelvam <c_traja@qti.qualcomm.com>
2016-09-05 21:14:40 +03:00
Zhang Qian
22950d0568 QCA vendor subcommand for LL_STATS extension
Some user space monitor wants to offload link layer statistics to
firmware. A new command QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_LL_STATS_EXT and
associcated attributes are added. The monitor will use this new command
to configure monitoring paramters and get link layer statistics.
Attributes added in this change:
1. Parameters for FW to trigger the statistics report
2. Peer STA power state
3. TX failure statistics

Signed-off-by: Zhang Qian <zhangq@qti.qualcomm.com>
2016-09-05 20:50:10 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
7dcec24881 mka: Clean up key allocation
Assign cs in ieee802_1x_mka_decode_dist_sak_body and reuse it.

Cleanup of key allocation: ieee802_1x_kay_generate_new_sak() and
ieee802_1x_mka_decode_dist_sak_body() both allocate a struct key_conf,
fill it, and ask ieee802_1x_kay_init_data_key() to allocate and set up a
struct data_key. They also allocate multiple key buffers and copy the
same data around. Stop moving data from buffer to buffer, and just
allocate what we really need.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 22:24:33 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
95e9460d6a mka: Get rid of struct ieee802_1x_cp_conf
Instead of copying from kay to a temporary struct, and then from the
struct to the sm, just copy from kay to cp.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 21:56:17 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
07a6bfe1d2 mka: Store cipher suite ID in a u64 instead of u8 pointer
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 21:55:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
535a8b8712 mka: Make csindex unsigned
This avoids unnecessary typecasting while still being able to compare
the value to CS_TABLE_SIZE without compiler warnings.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-08-28 21:48:45 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
343eb3b036 mka: Reorganize live peer creation and key server election
This modifies ieee802_1x_kay_decode_mkpdu() check for peer including me
in its peer list.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 21:41:21 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
34dbe90ac5 mka: Share a single delete mka implementation
Share mka deletion implementation in ieee802_1x_participant_timer() for
the cak_life and mka_life expiration cases.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 21:31:28 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
0dabf79b5d mka: Introduce compare_priorities()
This takes care of priority comparison followed by MAC address
comparison if the priorities are identical.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 21:27:05 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
53080f770c mka: Clean up ieee802_1x_kay_mkpdu_sanity_check()
This drops one indentation level and makes the code a bit more readable.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 21:19:37 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
05283e7a6f mka: Simplify ieee802_1x_mka_dist_sak_body_present()
No need for an if statement to figure out Boolean return value.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 21:17:43 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
87b19c8d88 mka: Replace participant->kay with a local kay variable
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 21:17:36 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
f9ea083be3 mka: Fix typos in grammar in variable names and comments
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 20:59:58 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
921171f51c mka: Use named initializers for mka_body_handler[]
Also move the struct definition to be next to this array definition.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 20:57:23 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
86bef17c94 mka: Remove unused enum mka_created_mode values
DISTRIBUTED and CACHED were not used anywhere.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 20:56:44 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
ec958aee32 mka: Remove cs_len argument from the set_current_cipher_suite functions
This is a known constant value (CS_ID_LEN, i.e., the length of the EUI64
identifier) and does not need to be provided separately in these
function calls.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 20:55:34 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
46bbda2b83 mka: Clean up ieee802_1x_mka_decode_potential_peer_body()
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 20:50:49 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
cf375eb2da mka: Simplify ieee802_1x_mka_encode_icv_body() memory copying
There is no need to maintain two os_memcpy() calls to cover different
cmac lengths.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 20:47:25 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
8b4a148842 mka: Simplify ieee802_1x_mka_sak_use_body_present()
to_use_sak is a Boolean variable, so there is no need for an if
statement to figure out whether to return TRUE or FALSE.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 20:46:19 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
b3df7836e8 mka: Reorganize loops in number of KaY functions
Use for loop to remove unnecessary goto use and similar cleanup to
simplify the loops in ieee802_1x_mka_i_in_peerlist(),
ieee802_1x_mka_decode_live_peer_body(), and
ieee802_1x_kay_decode_mkpdu().

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 20:44:04 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
de7f5337f4 mka: Remove unused body_peer incrementation
Each loop iteration resets body_peer in the beginning, so there is no
need to increment this pointer in the end.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 20:35:45 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
2b13bcad70 mka: Add reset_participant_mi() helper
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 20:34:56 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
3ceb458254 mka: Clean up printf formats
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 20:31:10 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
8fab9e1cae mka: Use named initializers for static structs
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 20:30:48 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
d4f668fded mka: Add MKA_ALIGN_LENGTH macro
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 20:29:20 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
1de7a9f882 mka: Add helper functions for dumping and creating peer
This allows more code reuse for creating live/potential peer and dumping
peer entries.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 19:49:58 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
d9639d1a4e mka: Clean up ieee802_1x_kay_get_cipher_suite() lookup function
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 19:49:57 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
7c547cff6b mka: Refactor the get_*_peer() functions
Add ieee802_1x_kay_get_potential_peer() similarly to the previously used
ieee802_1x_kay_get_live_peer() and use these helper functions more
consistently to avoid multiple implementations of peer lookups.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 19:49:57 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
515bc1aec1 mka: Fix a typo in mka_body_handler (mak to mka)
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 19:49:57 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
a33e3c3214 mka: Add a helper function, sci_equal(), for sci comparison
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 19:49:57 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
cefeb8e382 mka: Use less bitfields in the IEEE 802.1X-2010 structs
This splits the u32 bitfields into u8 variables and using bitfields only
for the cases where under 8-bit fields are used.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 19:49:57 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
2e9448989f mka: Fix a typo in macsec_capbility
Spell "capability" correctly in the variable name.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-28 19:29:15 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f2f8616e80 Initialize hapd->nr_db in hostapd_alloc_bss_data()
Previously, this was initialized in hostapd_setup_bss() which made it
possible for a REMOVE_NEIGHBOR control interface command to be issued
prior to the list head pointers having been set. That resulted in a NULL
pointer dereference. Fix this by initializing the list head at the time
the data structure gets allocated.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-08-22 17:44:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1f3b8b4edb Check for driver initialization before doing driver operations
Number of hostapd control interface commands (e.g., STATUS-DRIVER) could
result in NULL pointer dereference when issued on not yet enabled BSS.
Fix this by checking that the driver interface has been initialized
before calling the driver_ops function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-08-19 16:08:00 +03:00
Eduardo Abinader
833d0d45e8 radius: Sanity check for NULL pointer segfault
When the RADIUS client has not yet been fully enabled, MIB command was
segfaulting hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardoabinader@gmail.com>
2016-08-19 12:16:20 +03:00
Masashi Honma
052b8d38c5 mesh: Report HT operation mode to kernel
Report HT operation mode to kernel to broadcast correct IE in beacon
(for example HT operation IE).

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2016-08-18 20:46:15 +03:00
Masashi Honma
2bd6217173 mesh: Use WPA_DRIVER_MESH_CONF_FLAG_* as modification flag
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2016-08-18 20:40:13 +03:00
Masashi Honma
4ffb3f870d mesh: Do NL80211_MESHCONF_* setting in single function
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2016-08-18 20:37:38 +03:00
Masashi Honma
a1431ef8df mesh: Move max_peer_links parameter to appropriate struct
Accoding to the comment of struct wpa_driver_mesh_bss_params, the
max_peer_links parameter should be under that struct.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2016-08-18 20:33:39 +03:00
Petko Bordjukov
72a652d785 IAPP: Set SO_REUSEADDR on listening socket
Make it possible for several instances of hostapd to listen on the same
network interface.

Signed-off-by: Petko Bordjukov <bordjukov@gmail.com>
2016-08-18 20:01:48 +03:00
Johannes Berg
81372e347a ap: Use is_multicast_ether_addr() more
Various checks should use is_multicast_ether_addr() instead
of hardcoding the equivalent, change it.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-08-17 13:43:31 +03:00
Eduardo Abinader
647862eb60 nl80211: Remove duplicated check in nl80211_setup_ap()
Just removing a duplicated condition.

Signed-off-by: Eduardo Abinader <eduardoabinader@gmail.com>
2016-08-17 13:42:11 +03:00
Johannes Berg
e3429c0b15 nl80211: Fix control port protocol no-encrypt setting
Previously, driver_nl80211 sets NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT in
AP mode, to get EAPOL frames out unencrypted when using IEEE 802.1X/WEP.
However, due to the way nl80211/cfg80211 is implemented, this attribute
is ignored by the kernel if NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE isn't
specified as well. Fix this by including
NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE set to ETH_P_PAE. This can be done
unconditionally, since the kernel will allow ETH_P_PAE to be set even
when the driver didn't advertise support for arbitrary ethertypes.

Additionally, the params->pairwise_ciphers appear to not be set at
this point, so relax the check and allow them to be zero.

In client mode, this whole thing was missing, so add it. Again, the
pairwise suite can be WPA_CIPHER_NONE, so allow that case as well.

This fixed IEEE 802.1X/WEP EAP reauthentication and rekeying to use
unencrypted EAPOL frames which is the de facto way of implementing this
in wireless networks.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-08-17 13:40:40 +03:00
David Benjamin
478441bf81 OpenSSL: Fix OpenSSL 1.1.0 compatibility functions
To be consistent with OpenSSL 1.1.0, the free functions should
internally check for NULL. EVP_MD_CTX_free also was missing an
EVP_MD_CTX_cleanup, so this leaked a little.

OpenSSL 1.1.0 also has given get_rfc3526_prime_1536 a better namespace
with get_rfc3526_prime_1536 as a compatibility-only name. Use that
instead in 1.1.0.

Signed-off-by: David Benjamin <davidben@google.com>
2016-08-13 21:07:05 +03:00
Felix Fietkau
4fe726e2d7 nl80211: Do not switch interface to station mode when using mesh
This fixes issues with adding mesh interfaces to a bridge.

Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
2016-08-13 10:44:11 +03:00
Nick Lowe
8468189e90 Do not include NAS-Port attribute with AID 0
Do not include a NAS-Port attribute in Access-Request and
Accounting-Request packets where the Association ID (AID) is 0, i.e.,
not yet assigned or known.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-08-13 10:28:01 +03:00
Manish Shukla
86a318f34a atheros: Accept Public Action frames sent to Wildcard BSSID
Previously, the check for mgmt->bssid matching own address (= BSSID)
ended up rejecting the case where Public Action frames are using
Wildcard BSSID in the Address 3 field. This could result in GAS queries
being dropped. Fix this by allowing both the own address (= AP BSSID)
and Wildcard BSSID in Action frame Address 3 field.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-08-11 16:08:30 +03:00
Yingying Tang
6fe3b9d451 QCA vendor command to get hardware capabilities
This commit introduces a new vendor sub command
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_GET_HW_CAPABILITY and the associated
attributes to get Wi-Fi hardware capabilities.

Signed-off-by: Yingying Tang <yintang@qti.qualcomm.com>
2016-08-10 16:49:46 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
dc24a3616a Define an attribute QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_QPOWER
This can be used to enable/disable QPOWER.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-08-09 19:23:25 +03:00
Nick Lowe
42d30e9ea0 Add a require_message_authenticator configuration option
This can be used to mandate the presence of the Message-Authenticator
attribute on CoA/Disconnect-Request packets.

Signed-off-by: Nick Lowe <nick.lowe@lugatech.com>
2016-08-08 00:36:17 +03:00
Jouke Witteveen
715ad3386e roboswitch: Add support for BCM63xx
These devices do not properly identify themselves.

Signed-off-by: Jouke Witteveen <j.witteveen@gmail.com>
2016-08-08 00:25:31 +03:00
Rahul Bedarkar
a2072a29b9 utils: os_unix: Use access() for checking file existence
Trying to open file for checking file existence seems to be too much.
Instead use access system call which is meant for the same.

Signed-off-by: Rahul Bedarkar <rahulbedarkar89@gmail.com>
2016-08-08 00:24:07 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
cfe0a0194b mka: Fix use after free
We must cancel the timer when we delete an MKA instance.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-07 11:44:04 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
d68b73cfa5 mka: Add check for body length when decoding peers
The standard says that the body length must be a multiple of 16B.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-07 11:42:37 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
ad19e71e68 mka: Avoid reading past the end of mka_body_handler
body_type, used to index in mka_body_handler, can be any u8 value, but
we have only ARRAY_SIZE(mka_body_handler) elements.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-07 11:42:19 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
65b47738e8 mka: Return u8 from get_mka_param_body_type()
This uses a more accurate variable type for body_type and makes it
cleaner to compare this to other unsigned values.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-08-07 11:42:03 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
ac285c007c mka: Add error handling around ieee802_1x_kay_move_live_peer()
ieee802_1x_kay_move_live_peer() can fail. In that case, we should not
proceed.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-07 11:36:17 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
90bff0e2aa mka: Avoid inconsistent state in ieee802_1x_kay_move_live_peer()
If the memory allocation in ieee802_1x_kay_init_receive_sc() fails, we
end up in an inconsistent state where the peer is moved to the live
peers list and its sci is setup, but we don't have an rxsc.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-07 11:34:50 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
12447457bf mka: Fix length when encoding SAK-use
The room we actually use is length. This could also mess up the
receiver, since it will advance by the actual length (as indicated by
the parameter body's length), which could differ from the offset at
which we stored the next item.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-07 11:32:23 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
71dc78904f mka: Fix memory leak in ieee802_1x_kay_create_live_peer() error path
Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-07 11:31:41 +03:00
Sabrina Dubroca
099613e415 mka: Fix multiple key server election bugs
1. The comparison between SCI's of two servers with identical priority
   is broken, and would always return TRUE. Just use os_memcmp(), which
   provides the ordering we need.

2. If no peer can be key server but this instance can, then become the
   key server.

3. The ordering of blocks between peer as key server and ourself as key
   server overwrites settings. Simple reordering fixes this.

4. Default to being the key server, so that we advertise our ability in
   the MKPDUs we send. That's the only way peers can know we can be key
   server. Cleared automatically as soon as we find a better peer.

Signed-off-by: Sabrina Dubroca <sd@queasysnail.net>
2016-08-07 11:31:17 +03:00
Arran Cudbard-Bell
b84ce655d3 Link to, and adjust types for, the PCSC framework included with OSX
Signed-off-by: Arran Cudbard-Bell <a.cudbardb@freeradius.org>
2016-08-07 11:20:33 +03:00
Johannes Berg
842c5af5d3 ap: Use is_broadcast_ether_addr()
There's no need to have a separate variable and open-code a more
complicated version of this, just use is_broadcast_ether_addr().

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
2016-08-06 16:51:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ac81b3948b cli: Share a common tokenize_cmd() implementation
wpa_cli and hostapd_cli had identical copies of this function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-08-06 12:46:39 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
980afcce53 cli: Share a common write_cmd() implementation
wpa_cli and hostapd_cli had identical copies of this function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-08-06 12:41:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fcc84b48b2 cli: Share a common get_cmd_arg_num() implementation
wpa_cli and hostapd_cli had identical copies of this function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-08-06 12:39:56 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e55df99ee6 Share a single str_starts() implementation
No need to define this as a static function in multiple files.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-08-06 12:38:21 +03:00
Mikael Kanstrup
23c130e9b7 Use a common license string for hostapd_cli and wpa_cli
Move the license strings for hostapd_cli and wpa_cli to common.

Signed-off-by: Mikael Kanstrup <mikael.kanstrup@sonymobile.com>
2016-08-06 12:34:25 +03:00
Mikael Kanstrup
977c0796f9 Move parts of wpa_cli to a new common file
In preparation for adding further command completion support
to hostapd_cli move some cli related utility functions out of
wpa_cli into a new common cli file.

Signed-off-by: Mikael Kanstrup <mikael.kanstrup@sonymobile.com>
2016-08-06 12:25:58 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
fed802c2e8 Define an attribute QCA_WLAN_VENDOR_ATTR_CONFIG_IFINDEX
This can be used to set the configuration parameters per netdev (instead
of wiphy).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-08-04 21:50:26 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
14b7612447 Define vendor command to support IE based access control
This commit defines QCA vendor subcommand and attributes for IE based
access control, i.e., the specific configured IE (full IE) is matched
with the frames originated by the Wi-Fi STA / AP to accept or deny the
connection. A specific IE can either be a whitelist or blacklist.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-08-04 21:50:22 +03:00
Vikram Kandukuri
4ac75cd01a QCA vendor command to configure GPIO pins
This commit introduces a new vendor sub command
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_GPIO_CONFIG_COMMAND and associated
attributes to configure GPIO pins.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-08-03 16:46:30 +03:00
Vikram Kandukuri
babf0ce0d2 Assign QCA vendor attributes for generic commands
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-08-03 16:44:07 +03:00
vamsi krishna
cc9985d1b1 Set default scan IEs to the driver (QCA vendor extension)
This makes wpa_supplicant set default scan IEs to the driver (if the
vendor command is supported). The driver can use these IEs in the scan
requests initiated by the driver itself. Also the driver can merge these
IEs into further scan requests that it receives, in case if the scan
request doesn't carry any of the IEs sent in this command.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-08-02 21:21:52 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4f910f38e5 Fix a typo in QCA vendor attribution documentation
The previously used subcommand names in the comment did not match the
ones defined above.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-08-02 21:11:25 +03:00
vamsi krishna
ab21863108 Define QCA vendor config attribute to set default scan IEs to the driver
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-08-02 21:11:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5a5638a3bf Show disabled HT/VHT properly in AP mode STATUS command
Previously, HT/VHT state was shown in STATUS based on the configuration
parameter instead of the runtime operational parameters. This could
result in claiming HT/VHT to be enabled even when it was forced to be
disabled due to an incompatible configuration. Clear HT/VHT information
in the STATUS output if HT/VHT has been disabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-08-02 17:41:01 +03:00
Wu Gao
551817a582 AP: Disable VHT in WEP configuration
This was already done for HT, but VHT has the same constraint on not
allowing WEP.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-08-02 17:31:48 +03:00
Chaitanya T K
f5728d0a82 nl80211: Fix segfault when params->freq is NULL for AP mode start
If params->freq is NULL here, it leads to a segfault. Do not initialize
bss->bandwidth if params->freq is NULL.

Signed-off-by: Chaitanya T K <Chaitanya.Mgit@gmail.com>
2016-07-23 22:06:10 +03:00
Masashi Honma
3388e7b96f mesh: Remove HT IEs if HT is disabled
Previously, HT capability IE and HT information IE were included in
Beacon and Mesh Peering Open/Confirm frames even if HT is disabled with
disable_ht=1. This patch removes these.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2016-07-23 22:04:16 +03:00
Masashi Honma
4ac2ea5738 mesh: Make DTIM period configurable
Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2016-07-23 21:58:04 +03:00
Nishant Chaprana
0f282c76ee P2Ps: Clear existing value when peer stops sending adv_service_instance
If a peer stops sending adv_service_instance, we should clear the
existing dev->info.p2ps_instance.

This commit fixes the following scenario:

When peer device stops sending adv_service_instance, wpa_supplicant did
not remove old dev->info.p2ps_instance from device's property. This
variable should be updated as per peer behavior and should be cleared
when peer stops sending this information.

Signed-off-by: Nishant Chaprana <n.chaprana@samsung.com>
2016-07-23 20:55:52 +03:00
Erik Ljungberg
4d7aab78bd Make driver flags available through control interface
This shows the current set of driver flags in wpa_cli and hostapd_cli.

Signed-off-by: Erik Ljungberg <erik.ljungberg@sonymobile.com>
2016-07-23 20:46:20 +03:00
MAYANK HAARIT
77d468e4db P2P: Cleanup by removing unnecessary os_free() call from p2p_deinit()
Remove the unnecessary os_free() call from p2p_deinit() since
p2p_flush() called just above this takes care of freeing
p2p->after_scan_tx and the second call here ends up being no-op
os_free(NULL) in practice.

Signed-off-by: Mayank Haarit <mayank.h@samsung.com>
2016-07-23 20:35:56 +03:00
Masashi Honma
e347cafe57 mesh: Report mesh peer AID to kernel
Previously, mesh power management functionality works only with kernel
MPM. Because user space MPM did not report mesh peer AID to kernel,
the kernel could not identify the bit in TIM element. So this patch
reports mesh peer AID to kernel.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2016-07-23 20:26:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e3227c32f0 Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2016-07-01.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-07-23 20:25:28 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
6c34b9c2d2 Assign QCA vendor attribute for setting TX fail count threshold
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-07-22 20:10:06 +03:00
zhangq
52fec3669c Assign QCA vendor attributes for set retry configuration
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-07-22 00:35:37 +03:00
Chandrasekaran, Manishekar
1c8fe68f62 QCA vendor command to configure conditional switch channel for AP
This commit introduces a new vendor sub command
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SAP_CONDITIONAL_CHAN_SWITCH and associated
attributes which aim to configure selected frequencies on which the AP
can conditionally switch onto for preferred operation.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-07-22 00:35:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
460e5cdf43 OpenSSL: Fix OpenSSL 1.1.0 DH operation
Commit 49fe2ada20 ('OpenSSL: Support
OpenSSL 1.1.0 DH opacity') started using the new accessor functions, but
used incorrect success check for the DH_set0_key() call. This resulted
in dh5_init_fixed() failures and double-free on error path if the build
was linked against OpenSSL 1.1.0. Fix this by checking DH_set0_key()
return value to be 1 for the success case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-07-15 13:30:57 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f465c32dc2 Interworking: Define control interface message prefixes in wpa_ctrl.h
These control interface event message are used by external programs, so
define them a bit more formally in the header file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-07-11 21:56:56 +03:00
Peng Xu
a6f5b1937a P2P: Allow P2P listen being offloaded to the driver/firmware
This allows P2P Listen to be offloaded to device to enhance power
saving.

To start P2P listen offload, from wpa_cli interface, issue the command:
	p2p_lo_start <freq> <period> <interval> <count>

To stop P2P listen offload, issue the command:
	p2p_lo_stop

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-07-03 22:36:58 +03:00
Peng Xu
35d6655755 nl80211: P2P Listen offload vendor command definitions
Define QCA vendor commands, events, and attributes for P2P
Listen offload.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-07-03 19:13:42 +03:00
Saurav Babu
4ac5f2f8f4 Add text name for WPA_KEY_MGMT_WPA_NONE key_mgmt value
This will output WPA-NONE for WPA_KEY_MGMT_WPA_NONE key_mgmt value in
STATUS command.

Signed-off-by: Saurav Babu <saurav.babu@samsung.com>
2016-07-03 19:13:41 +03:00
Saurav Babu
f0e84057fb nl80211: Provide frequency in EVENT_ASSOC when IBSS is joined
Provides operating frequency in EVENT_ASSOC when IBSS is joined so that
wpa_s->assoc_freq can be updated when any IBSS network is joined.

Signed-off-by: Saurav Babu <saurav.babu@samsung.com>
2016-07-03 19:13:41 +03:00
Dmitry Shmidt
9607a1aef7 nl80211: Keep QCA vendor extensions together
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Shmidt <dimitrysh@google.com>
2016-06-30 00:25:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d02e549831 mesh: Rename MPM FSM states to match the standard
During the P802.11s draft development, there were separate LISTEN and
IDLE states. However, the current IEEE 802.11 standards uses only the
IDLE state while the implementation called this LISTEN. Rename the state
in the implementation to match the one used in the standard to avoid
confusion. In addition, rename OPEN_{SENT,RCVD} to OPN_{SNT,RCVD} to
match the exact spelling of these states in the standard.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-28 22:53:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
d735811329 tests: Add TEST_FAIL() to hostapd_get_aid()
This allows additional testing coverage for AID unavailability cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-28 20:44:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
37fd0be2d3 Add CTRL-EVENT-CHANNEL-SWITCH event to indicate channel changes
This provides information of the channel switch to wpa_supplicant
control interface monitors.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-27 21:10:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e6804fef93 OpenSSL: Update to match the modified DH_get0_key() API
OpenSSL 1.1.0 (master branch) apparently ended up modifying the API
after the beta 2 release that was supposed to complete the work. Mark
the variables const to fix the compilation with the modified OpenSSL
API.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-25 00:35:17 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
617593c37f Assign vendor specific elements for early HE testing
These elements can be used for pre-standard publication testing of HE
before P802.11ax draft assigns the element ID. The payload of these
vendor specific elements is defined by the latest P802.11ax draft.
Please note that the draft is still work in progress and the element
payload is subject to change.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-24 19:02:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4874b78290 PAE: Use big endian version in current_peer_id.mn to be more consistent
This gets rid of sparse warnings related to mismatching annotation and
byte swapping.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-24 19:02:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ce256b4a49 PAE: Use sci->port more consistently
This is now annotated as be16, so use it as such in all cases instead of
first storing host byte order value and then swapping that to big endian
in other instances of the same structure. This gets rid of number of
sparse warnings.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-24 19:02:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2f13e54dfc wired: Silence sparse warning on redefinition of IFNAMSIZ
driver_wired.c pulls in utils/common.h before net/if.h as a workaround
for NetBSD build. This results in IFNAMSIZ getting redefined and sparse
warning about this. Silence that warning by undefining the IFNAMSIZ
definition from common.h to allow the one from net/if.h being used. In
addition, remove duplicated inclusion of net/if.h.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-24 19:02:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
82ffcba755 Move extern declarations for ext_password backends into a header file
This gets rid of a sparse warning and also allows the compatibility of
the declarations to be verified (a missing const declaration is fixed
here as well).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-24 19:02:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
39ab6a5de2 Move extern declarations for driver ops into a header file
This gets rid of number of sparse warnings and also allows the
compatibility of the declarations to be verified (number of missing
const declarations are fixed here as well).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-24 19:02:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4775471816 nl80211: Mark wpa_driver_nl80211_get_macaddr() static
This function is not used outside this file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-24 19:02:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ebae413550 Fix a debug print in p2p_manager_disconnect()
fc2str() expects to get the 16-bit frame control value in host byte
order.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-24 19:02:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
582121b038 OpenSSL: Silence sparse warnings in fips186_2_prf()
Use WPA_PUT_BE32() instead of inplace conversion with host_to_be32() to
avoid sparse warnings.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-24 19:02:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
451e094c7e dhcp_snoop: Silence a sparse warning
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-24 19:02:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bbae0f03aa ndisc_snoop: Include ndisc_snoop.h to check prototypes
This allows the compiler to check that function prototypes match the
implementation. In addition, this gets rid of sparse warnings.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-24 19:02:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
99a716ac91 TNCS: Mark functions static
These are called through function pointers, so no need to make the
function symbols directly available outside this file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-24 19:02:47 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
799a7ed8a9 PAE: Mark ieee802_1x_kay_deinit_data_key() static
This function is not used outside this file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-24 01:40:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4e7f5a4a2a PAE: Use be16/be32 instead of u16/u32 for spartse
This converts some of the PAE code to use a design that gets rid
unnecessary warnings from sparse and allows more thorough validation of
byte order operations.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-24 01:38:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ac36b133aa TNCC: Mark functions static
These are called through function pointers, so no need to make the
function symbols directly available outside this file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-24 01:38:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
50a17a76e1 tests: Declare module test functions in a header file
This gets rid of number of warnings from sparse.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-23 18:26:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3e624369cb tests: Mark some module test arrays static
These are not used outside the source code file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-23 18:11:35 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
fad6485c56 radiotap: Silence sparse warnings about byte order swapping
These little endian fields were not marked properly and the type case in
the get_unaligned_* helper macros were causing warnings from sparse.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-23 18:08:11 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
94c4d78ef1 FST: Make fst_action_names static
This is not used outside this file.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-23 17:48:48 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
82c734c28c FST: Fix byte order of couple of fields on big endian hosts
Couple of fsts_id and llt fields were not properly swapped from host
byte order to little endian byte order used in the frames. Fix this and
use the le32 type to make this more consistent and verifiable with
sparse.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-23 17:46:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3787c91da0 OpenSSL: Pull in header files to check function prototypes
Since crypto_openssl.c is now implementing couple of functions
internally, pull in the relevant header files md5.h and aes_wrap.h to
make sure the function declaration are consistent.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-23 13:35:26 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6013bbe04f TDLS: Declare tdls_testing as extern in a header file
This gets rid of a sparse warning with CONFIG_TDLS_TESTING builds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-23 13:31:04 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0e672b89e7 trace: Define externs in a header file
This gets rid of some unnecessary strace warnings from test builds.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-23 13:28:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6527b52ead Undefine __bitwise before defining it for sparse
This gets rid of a compiler warning due to a bit different construction
in linux/types.h.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-23 13:23:46 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
468b7b12a6 Fix hostapd_sta_add() call to use NULL as the pointer instead of 0
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-23 13:14:17 +03:00
Cedric Izoard
04c18fa04b curl: Don't free memory for subjectAltName before calling callback
Freeing memory for subjectAltName in parse_cert(), will give cert_cb
pointers to freed memory zone that may already been overwritten. Memory
for subjectAltName is released in parse_cert_free().

Signed-off-by: Cedric Izoard <cedric.izoard@ceva-dsp.com>
2016-06-19 22:11:36 +03:00
Masashi Honma
d70a8ab1e3 mesh: Ignore crowded peer
The "Accepting Additional Mesh Peerings bit == 0" means the peer cannot
accept any more peers, so suppress attempt to open a connection to such
a peer.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2016-06-19 20:18:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3b6deac0e7 mesh: Avoid use of hardcoded cipher
This moves pairwise, group, and management group ciphers to various mesh
data structures to avoid having to hardcode cipher in number of places
through the code. While CCMP and BIP are still the hardcoded ciphers,
these are now set only in one location.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-19 20:18:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f868d5607d mesh: Clean up AMPE element encoding and parsing
The AMPE element includes number of optional and variable length fields
and those cannot really be represented by a fixed struct
ieee80211_ampe_ie. Remove the optional fields from the struct and
build/parse these fields separately.

This is also adding support for IGTKdata that was completely missing
from the previous implementation. In addition, Key RSC for MGTK is now
filled in and used when configuring the RX MGTK for a peer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-19 20:18:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
4367eec439 mesh: Do not use RX MGTK as RX IGTK
The previous implementation was incorrect in forcing the MGTK to be used
as the IGTK as well. Define new variable for storing IGTK and use that,
if set, to configure IGTK to the driver. This commit does not yet fix
AMPE element parsing to fill in this information.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-19 20:18:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a4eec3c230 mesh: Use variable length MGTK for RX
This extends the data structures to allow variable length MGTK to be
stored for RX. This is needed as an initial step towards supporting
different cipher suites.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-19 20:18:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b02f4d058c mesh: Add variable length MTK support
This is needed as a part in enabling support for different pairwise
ciphers in mesh.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-19 20:18:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
18aca1a07d mesh: Use ieee80211w profile parameter
This is initial step in fixing issues in how PMF configuration for RSN
mesh was handled. PMF is an optional capability for mesh and it needs to
be configured consistently in both hostapd structures (to get proper
RSNE) and key configuration (not included in this commit).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-18 15:52:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
b8b499e4a4 mesh: Use WPA_NONCE_LEN macro
No need to use the magic value 32 here since there is a generic define
for the RSN-related nonce values.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-18 15:52:54 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
bb4e19e3f4 hostapd: Skip hostapd ACL check for drivers supporting ACL offload
Commit 0603bcb7fe ('hostapd: Process MAC
ACLs on a station association event (SME in driver)') processes MAC ACL
on a station association event for drivers which use AP SME offload but
does not consider the scenario where the drivers offload ACL. This can
result in station disconnection, though the driver accepts the
connection. Address this by avoiding the hostapd ACL check for the
drivers offloading MAC ACL.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-17 20:45:35 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
d1296da643 Reserve QCA vendor specific nl80211 command 121
This is reserved for QCA use.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-17 00:10:16 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
52a6c9c9e8 Add a QCA vendor command to configure AP parameters
This commit also introduces a new attribute MANDATORY_FREQUENCY_LIST
which aims for AP operation in a channel that ensures best concurrency
sessions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-16 18:38:16 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
cc27c8e680 hostapd: Fix early init failure path
eloop deinit calls could trigger segmentation fault if the early error
path is hit before eloop_init() gets called.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-13 00:37:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
976dfb3237 FST: Make fst_global_deinit() more robust
Verify that fst_global_init() has been called before deinitializing the
global FST context. This makes it a bit easier to handle failure paths
from initialization.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-13 00:37:14 +03:00
Masashi Honma
7a69fad7ad mesh: Sync max peer links with kernel
Set max peer links to kernel even when wpa_supplicant MPM is used. This
sets the correct value for the "Accepting Additional Mesh Peerings bit"
in "Mesh Capability field" in "Mesh Configuration element" in the Beacon
frame.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2016-06-12 21:49:05 +03:00
David Woodhouse
c3d7fb7e27 OpenSSL: Initialise PKCS#11 engine even if found with ENGINE_by_id()
Recent versions of engine_pkcs11 are set up to be autoloaded on demand
with ENGINE_by_id() because they don't need explicit configuration.

But if we *do* want to explicitly configure them with a PKCS#11 module
path, we should still do so.

We can't tell whether it was already initialised, but it's harmless to
repeat the MODULE_PATH command if it was.

Signed-off-by: David Woodhouse <David.Woodhouse@intel.com>
Tested-by: Michael Schaller <misch@google.com>
2016-06-11 12:21:08 +03:00
Paul Stewart
fdc1188a85 nl80211: Fix use-after-free in qca_nl80211_get_features()
Any data accessible from nla_data() is freed before the
send_and_recv_msgs() function returns, therefore we need to allocate
space for info.flags ourselves.

Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
2016-06-11 12:12:23 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
8359472589 hostapd Make GAS Address3 field selection behavior configurable
gas_address3=1 can now be used to force hostapd to use the IEEE 802.11
standards compliant Address 3 field value (Wildcard BSSID when not
associated) even if the GAS request uses non-compliant address (AP
BSSID).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-10 22:13:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6996ff7b6d hostapd: Fix Public Action frame TX status processing for wildcard BSSID
Previously all TX status events with wildcard BSSID were ignored. This
did not allow Public Action frame TX status to be processed with the
corrected wildcard BSSID use. Fix this to be allowed. In practice, this
affects only test cases since Action frame TX status was not used for
anything else.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-10 21:44:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
78a3632765 hostapd: Fix Public Action frame addressing (BSSID field)
IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 10.19 (Public Action frame addressing) specifies
that the wildcard BSSID value is used in Public Action frames that are
transmitted to a STA that is not a member of the same BSS. hostapd used
to use the actual BSSID value for all such frames regardless of whether
the destination STA is a member of the BSS.

Fix this by using the wildcard BSSID in cases the destination STA is not
a member of the BSS. Leave group addressed case as-is (i.e., the actual
BSSID), since both values are accepted. No such frames are currently
used, though.

This version is still using the AP BSSID value in the Address 3 field
for GAS response frames when replying to a GAS request with AP BSSID
instead of Wildcard BSSID. This is left as a workaround to avoid
interoperability issues with deployed STA implementations that are still
using the non-compliant address and that might be unable to process the
standard compliant case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-06-10 21:44:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
a5a187b0f4 nl80211: Add TEST_FAIL() to command generation and set_mode
This makes it easier to test error paths for failing driver command
cases.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-05 00:13:32 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
92a515b869 nl80211: Update drv->assoc_freq on mesh join
This is needed to provide the correct frequency in SIGNAL_POLL command.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-06-04 21:30:18 +03:00
Kanchanapally, Vidyullatha
cc9a2575ca nl80211: Use extended capabilities per interface type
This adds the necessary changes to support extraction and use of the
extended capabilities specified per interface type (a recent
cfg80211/nl80211 extension). If that information is available,
per-interface values will be used to override the global per-radio
value.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-05-31 21:35:54 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
c6edea0df6 Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2016-05-31.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-05-31 18:49:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9a5160f5fb Report connection timeouts in CTRL-EVENT-ASSOC-REJECT
Add a new "timeout" argument to the event message if the nl80211 message
indicates that the connection failure is not due to an explicit AP
rejection message. This makes it easier for external programs to figure
out why the connection failed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-05-31 00:11:42 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
dad0129227 mesh: Support simple SAE group negotiation case
This allows the simplest case of SAE group negotiation to occur by
selecting the next available group if the peer STA indicates the
previous one was not supported. This is not yet sufficient to cover all
cases, e.g., when both STAs need to change their groups, but at least
some cases are no covered.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-05-30 21:14:08 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9c10be3f71 mesh: Fix error path handling in init OOM cases
hostapd deinit functions were not ready to handle a case where the data
structures were not fully initialized. Make these more robust to allow
wpa_supplicant mesh implementation to use the current deinit design in
OOM error cases without causing NULL pointer dereferences.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-05-30 01:05:16 +03:00
David Benjamin
1cece2fafb OpenSSL: Comment out tls_connection_get_eap_fast_key without EAP-FAST
This avoids internal access of structs and also removes the dependency
on the reimplemented TLS PRF functions when EAP-FAST support is not
enabled. Notably, BoringSSL doesn't support EAP-FAST, so there is no
need to access its internals with openssl_get_keyblock_size().

Signed-Off-By: David Benjamin <davidben@google.com>
2016-05-23 21:22:33 +03:00
David Benjamin
7358170787 TLS: Split tls_connection_prf() into two functions
Most protocols extracting keys from TLS use RFC 5705 exporters which is
commonly implemented in TLS libraries. This is the mechanism used by
EAP-TLS. (EAP-TLS actually predates RFC 5705, but RFC 5705 was defined
to be compatible with it.)

EAP-FAST, however, uses a legacy mechanism. It reuses the TLS internal
key block derivation and derives key material after the key block. This
is uncommon and a misuse of TLS internals, so not all TLS libraries
support this. Instead, we reimplement the PRF for the OpenSSL backend
and don't support it at all in the GnuTLS one.

Since these two are very different operations, split
tls_connection_prf() in two. tls_connection_export_key() implements the
standard RFC 5705 mechanism that we expect most TLS libraries to
support. tls_connection_get_eap_fast_key() implements the
EAP-FAST-specific legacy mechanism which may not be implemented on all
backends but is only used by EAP-FAST.

Signed-Off-By: David Benjamin <davidben@google.com>
2016-05-23 20:40:12 +03:00
David Benjamin
f150db6c83 OpenSSL: Remove two more accesses of ssl_ctx->cert_store
Commit 68ae4773a4 ('OpenSSL: Use library
wrapper functions to access cert store') fixed most of these, but missed
a few.

Signed-Off-By: David Benjamin <davidben@google.com>
2016-05-23 19:08:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9ce3e61091 nl80211: Add TEST_FAIL() to nl80211_set_mac_addr()
This makes it easier to test some error paths in wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-05-22 18:08:55 +03:00
Kanchanapally, Vidyullatha
4d916ed6c5 nl80211: Register for only for specific Action frames in AP mode
This makes changes such that hostapd (and wpa_supplicant AP mode)
registers to kernel for specific Action frames instead of generically
registering for all Action frames. This makes it easier for other
programs to register for some Action frames that hostapd does not handle
today without having to somehow coordinate directly with hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-05-21 00:07:42 +03:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
467fc149d3 P2PS: Correct config_methods for different P2P cases
Add P2PS config flag only when config_methods are set. This restores the
pre-P2PS behavioer for the cases where Display or Keypad config method
is specified for a peer (i.e., do not add the new P2PS method in that
case).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-05-19 19:16:10 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
9d136b00ac EAP-SAKE: Do not debug print result if eap_sake_compute_mic() fails
This gets rid of a valgrind warning on uninitialized memory read in the
eap_proto_sake_errors test case where the result was used after the
failed eap_sake_compute_mic() call.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-05-16 22:26:37 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0884633577 EAP-PAX: Do not debug print result if eap_pax_mac() fails
This gets rid of a valgrind warning on uninitialized memory read in the
eap_proto_pax_errors test case where the result was used after the
failed eap_pax_mac() call.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-05-16 22:25:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
92abe3782f EAP-FAST: Check sha1_t_prf() result in eap_fast_get_cmk()
This gets rid of a valgrind warning on uninitialized memory read in the
eap_proto_fast_errors test case where the result was used after the
failed sha1_t_prf() call.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-05-16 22:24:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
636a23881b WPS: Check sha256_vector() result in wps_build_oob_dev_pw()
This gets rid of a valgrind warning on uninitialized memory read in the
wpas_ctrl_error test case where the result was used after the failed
sha256_vector() call.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-05-16 21:06:44 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
2c3d95c7e0 Check md5_vector() result in decrypt_ms_key()
This gets rid of a valgrind warning on uninitialized memory read in the
hostapd_oom_wpa2_eap_connect test case where the result is used after
failed md5_vector() call.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-05-16 20:08:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
38eee0f599 Check hmac_md5() result in radius_msg_verify_msg_auth()
This gets rid of a valgrind warning on uninitialized memory read in the
hostapd_oom_wpa2_eap_connect test case where memcmp is used after failed
hmac_md5() call.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-05-16 20:07:58 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
05dad946b3 Check md5_vector() result in radius_msg_verify()
This gets rid of a valgrind warning on uninitialized memory read in the
hostapd_oom_wpa2_eap test case where memcmp is used after failed
md5_vector() call.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-05-16 20:07:53 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
aae125e2cf WPS: Fix debug prints in wps_derive_psk() error case
Check for hmac_sha256() failures and exit from wps_derive_psk() without
printing out the derived keys if anything fails. This removes a valgrind
warning on uninitialized value when running the ap_wps_m3_oom test case.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-05-16 19:35:03 +03:00
SiWon Kang
7a1887faec wpa_cli: Add backspace key process for some terminal
In some terminal, verified with gtkterm and teraterm, backspace key is
not properly processed. For instance, type 'abc', 3 times of backspace
key press then '123' shows the result of 'abc123' instead of '123'. To
fix this, add a routine to process '\b' character input when using
edit_simple.c instead of edit.c (i.e., without CONFIG_WPA_CLI_EDIT=y).

Signed-off-by: Siwon Kang <kkangshawn@gmail.com>
2016-05-13 18:48:45 +03:00
Johannes Berg
d58b60da87 drivers: Add NEED_RADIOTAP
If there's ever a driver that, like nl80211, requires radiotap,
we need to have a NEED_RADIOTAP variable to avoid trying to link
the radiotap helpers twice. Introduce that.

Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
2016-05-13 18:29:01 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
6a9681e90c OpenSSL: Make dh5_init() match the generic implementation
Commit 4104267e81 ('Fix memory leak on NFC
DH generation error path') modified the generic (non-OpenSSL)
implementation of dh5_init() to free the previously assigned public key,
if any. However, that commit did not modify the OpenSSL specific version
of this function. Add the same change there to maintain consistent
behavior between these two implementations of the same function.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-05-13 18:25:57 +03:00
Rujun Wang
46bac6520d WPS: Fix segmentation fault in new DH key derivation
Commit 4104267e81 ('Fix memory leak on NFC
DH generation error path') modified dh5_init() behavior in the
non-OpenSSL implementation to free the public key (if any was previously
set). However, this did not update one of the callers to make sure the
publ argument in the call is initialized. This could result in trying to
free invalid pointer and segmentation fault when hostapd or
wpa_supplicant was built against some other crypto library than OpenSSL.

Signed-off-by: Rujun Wang <chinawrj@gmail.com>
2016-05-13 18:25:47 +03:00
David Benjamin
e4471338c6 OpenSSL: BoringSSL has SSL_get_client_random(), etc.
BoringSSL added OpenSSL 1.1.0's SSL_get_client_random() and friends in
working towards opaquifying the SSL struct. But it, for the moment,
still looks more like 1.0.2 than 1.1.0 and advertises
OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER as such. This means that there is no need to
define those in BoringSSL and defining them causes conflicts. (C does
not like having static and non-static functions with the same name.)

As requested, this is conditioned on defined(BORINGSSL_API_VERSION) so
wpa_supplicant may continue to support older BoringSSLs for a time.
(BoringSSL revisions without the accessors predate BoringSSL maintaining
a BORINGSSL_API_VERSION.)

Also add a missing opensslv.h include. tls_openssl.c is sensitive to
OPENSSL_VERSION_NUMBER, so it should include the header directly rather
than rely on another header to do so.

Signed-off-by: David Benjamin <davidben@google.com>
2016-05-10 19:36:46 +03:00
Paul Stewart
0fe5a23424 Remove newlines from wpa_supplicant config network output
Spurious newlines output while writing the config file can corrupt the
wpa_supplicant configuration. Avoid writing these for the network block
parameters. This is a generic filter that cover cases that may not have
been explicitly addressed with a more specific commit to avoid control
characters in the psk parameter.

Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
2016-05-02 11:08:25 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ecbb0b3dc1 WPS: Reject a Credential with invalid passphrase
WPA/WPA2-Personal passphrase is not allowed to include control
characters. Reject a Credential received from a WPS Registrar both as
STA (Credential) and AP (AP Settings) if the credential is for WPAPSK or
WPA2PSK authentication type and includes an invalid passphrase.

This fixes an issue where hostapd or wpa_supplicant could have updated
the configuration file PSK/passphrase parameter with arbitrary data from
an external device (Registrar) that may not be fully trusted. Should
such data include a newline character, the resulting configuration file
could become invalid and fail to be parsed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-05-02 11:08:25 +03:00
Rafał Miłecki
f4830bed66 nl80211: Try running without mgmt frame subscription (driver AP SME)
One of supported code paths already allows this scenario. It is used if
driver doesn't report NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME and doesn't support
monitor interface. In such situation:
1) We don't quit if subscribing for WLAN_FC_STYPE_PROBE_REQ fails
2) We don't try subscribing for WLAN_FC_STYPE_ACTION
3) We fallback to AP SME mode after failing to create monitor interface
4) We don't quit if subscribing for WLAN_FC_STYPE_PROBE_REQ fails
Above scenario is used, e.g., with brcmfmac. As you can see - thanks to
events provided by cfg80211 - it's not really required to receive Probe
Request or action frames.

However, the previous implementation did not allow using hostapd with
drivers that:
1) Report NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME
2) Don't support subscribing for PROBE_REQ and/or ACTION frames
In case of using such a driver hostapd will cancel setup after failing
to subscribe for WLAN_FC_STYPE_ACTION. I noticed it after setting flag
WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME in brcmfmac driver for my experiments.

This patch allows working with such drivers with just a small warning
printed as debug message.

Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
2016-04-28 20:47:12 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
60d9f67c68 WPS: Explicitly clear wpabuf memory with key information
This reduces duration that private keying material might remain in the
process memory by clearing wpabuf data used in WPS operations when there
is possibility of the buffer including keys or related material.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-28 20:32:15 +03:00
Bala Krishna Bhamidipati
a911227061 Add assocresp_elements parameter for hostapd
This new parameter allows hostapd to add Vendor Specific elements into
(Re)Association Response frames similarly to the way vendor_elements
parameter can be used for Beacon and Probe Response frames.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-20 13:12:50 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
49fe2ada20 OpenSSL: Support OpenSSL 1.1.0 DH opacity
The OpenSSL 1.1.0 Beta 2 release made DH opaque and that broke
compilation of crypto_openssl.c. Fix this by using the new accessor
functions when building against OpenSSL 1.1.0 or newer.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-04-20 01:20:00 +03:00
Günther Kelleter
b92d2a57ef FT: Fix RRB for FT over-the-air case
Commit 66d464067d ('FT: Register RRB
l2_packet only if FT-over-DS is enabled') disabled RRB l2_packet socket
if ft_over_ds is disabled, but this socket is required for FT
over-the-air, too (FT key distribution). Enable the socket regardless of
ft_over_ds setting if FT is enabled.

Signed-off-by: Günther Kelleter <guenther.kelleter@devolo.de>
2016-04-19 00:57:17 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
ac7aea862f Assign QCA vendor command/attributes for set/get wifi configuration
This adds QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SET_WIFI_CONFIGURATION and
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_GET_WIFI_CONFIGURATION and the attributes used
with these commands.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-19 00:49:33 +03:00
Purushottam Kushwaha
57b38882e5 P2P: Add P2P_GROUP_MEMBER command to fetch client interface address
This allows local GO to fetch the P2P Interface Address of a P2P Client
in the group based on the P2P Device Address for the client. This
command should be sent only on a group interface (the same peer may be
in multiple concurrent groups).

Usage:
P2P_GROUP_MEMBER <P2P Device Address>

Output:
<P2P Interface Address>

Signed-off-by: Purushottam Kushwaha <pkushwah@qti.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-19 00:41:16 +03:00
Lior David
0ee8925098 P2P: Trigger event when invitation is accepted
Trigger an event when wpa_supplicant accepts an invitation to re-invoke
a persistent group. Previously wpa_supplicant entered group formation
without triggering any specific events and it could confuse clients,
especially when operating with a driver that does not support
concurrency between P2P and infrastructure connection.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-18 16:57:05 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bd86ea0808 nl80211: Get rid of unused assignment warning
The os_snprintf() call here cannot really fail in practice, but since
its result was stored into the local variable and not checked, static
analyzers could warn about the unused assignment. Clean this up by
checking the return value.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-04-17 18:43:30 +03:00
Roy Marples
18ae3a675c bsd: Set level correctly for non FreeBSD systems
Only FreeBSD treats rssi as dBm, other BSD have no special meaning to
rssi.

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2016-04-17 18:34:22 +03:00
Beni Lev
b5d172e578 nl80211: Add support for global RRM flag
Set the global RRM flag if global RRM is supported by the device. Also,
allow RRM in (Re)Association Request frame if the global RRM flag is
set.

Signed-off-by: Beni Lev <beni.lev@intel.com>
2016-04-17 12:41:44 +03:00
Beni Lev
a7f0bb7000 driver: Add global RRM support flag
This flag indicates that RRM can be used in (Re)Association Request
frames, without supporting quiet period.

Signed-off-by: Beni Lev <beni.lev@intel.com>
2016-04-17 12:37:08 +03:00
David Spinadel
864b95225c nl80211: Register to receive Radio Measurement Request frames
Register to receive Radio Measurement Request frames since LCI request
is supported by wpa_supplicant.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2016-04-17 12:32:14 +03:00
David Spinadel
220754c553 hostapd: Add FTM range request
Add FTM range request via RRM. The AP sends Radio measurement request
with FTM range request as a request for the receiving STA to send FTM
requests to the given list of APs. The neighbor report part of the
request is taken from the neighbor database.

The control interface command is:

REQ_RANGE <dst addr> <rand_int> <min_ap> <responder> [<responder>..]

dst addr: MAC address of an associated STA
rand_int: Randomization Interval (0..65535) in TUs
min_ap: Minimum AP Count (1..15); minimum number of requested FTM ranges
	between the associated STA and the listed APs
responder: List of BSSIDs for neighboring APs for which a measurement
	is requested

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2016-04-17 12:29:12 +03:00
David Spinadel
f4f185a224 hostapd: Add LCI request
Add a hostapd control interface command REQ_LCI to request LCI from an
associated station using radio measurement.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2016-04-17 12:29:12 +03:00
David Spinadel
629e1804da hostapd: Save RM enabled capability of station
Save RM enabled capability element of an associating station if radio
measurement is supported in its capability field.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2016-04-17 12:29:12 +03:00
David Spinadel
2572df34b2 hostapd: Handle Neighbor Report Request frame
Process Neighbor Report Request frame and send Neighbor Report Response
frame based on the configured neighbor report data.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2016-04-17 12:29:07 +03:00
David Spinadel
061269b316 hostapd: Add own neighbor report data to neighbor database
Add own neighbor report data to neighbor database based on local LCI and
location civic data.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2016-04-16 21:05:40 +03:00
David Spinadel
9b4b226426 hostapd: Add a database of neighboring APs
Add a configurable neighbor database that includes the content of
Nighbor Report element, LCI and Location Civic subelements and SSID.

All parameters for a neighbor must be updated at once; Neighbor Report
element and SSID are mandatory, LCI and civic are optional. The age of
LCI is set to the time of neighbor update.

The control interface API is:
SET_NEIGHBOR <BSSID> <ssid=SSID> <nr=data> [lci=<data>] [civic=<data>]

To delete a neighbor use:
REMOVE_NEIGHBOR <BSSID> <SSID>

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2016-04-16 21:05:40 +03:00
David Spinadel
010182120d hostapd: Extend the configuration of RRM capabilities
Extend the radio_measurements parameter to save all the supported
RRM capabilities as it's used in RM enabled capabilities element.

Make this parameter not directly configurable via config file (though,
keep the radio_measurements parameter for some time for backwards
compatibility). Instead, add a configuration option to enable neighbor
report via radio measurements. Other features can be added later as
well.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2016-04-16 21:05:39 +03:00
David Spinadel
624b8a061f utils: Add ssid_parse() function
Add a function that parses SSID in text or hex format. In case of the
text format, the SSID is enclosed in double quotes. In case of the hex
format, the SSID must include only hex digits and not be enclosed in
double quotes. The input string may include other arguments after the
SSID.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2016-04-16 21:05:37 +03:00
David Spinadel
e4fbc8d423 Add measurement and neighbor report definitions
Add measurement report definitions from Table 9-81 in IEEE
P802.11-REVmc/D5.0 "Measurement type definition for measurement
requests".

Add measurement report definitions from IEEE Std 802.11-2012 Table 8-71
"Location subject definition".

Add neighbor report bandwidth subelement definition from IEEE
P802.11-REVmc/D5.0 MC Table 9-150 - "Optional subelement IDs
neighbor report"

Add neighbor report channel width definition from IEEE
P802.11-REVmc/D5.0, Table 9-152 - "HT/VHT Operation Information
subfields".

Add definitions for neighbor report BSSID info from IEEE
P802.11-REVmc/D5.0, 9.4.2.37 Neighbor Report element.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2016-04-09 11:45:42 +03:00
David Spinadel
9d955f751e utils: Rename hostapd_parse_bin to wpabuf_parse_bin and move it
Make the function available as part of the wpabuf API.
Use this renamed function where possible.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2016-04-09 11:23:36 +03:00
David Spinadel
74e982d8d7 hostapd: Set LCI and Location Civic information in configuration
Enable configuration of LCI and location civic information in
hostapd.conf.

Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
2016-04-09 11:18:55 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
1854eeca19 Add POLL_STA command to check connectivity in AP mode
The hostapd "POLL_STA <addr>" control interface command can be used to
check whether an associated station ACKs a QoS Data frame. The received
ACK for such a frame is reported as an event message ("AP-STA-POLL-OK
<addr>").

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-09 00:30:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3dbfb28cfe Allow AP to disconnect STA without sending Deauth/Disassoc frame
The optional tx=0 parameter can be added to the hostapd
DEAUTHENTICATE/DISASSOCIATE command to request disconnection without
transmitting the Deauthentication/Disassociation frame to the STA.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-09 00:30:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
de92314033 Add inactive_msec into STA output
This allows external programs to fetch the driver inactivity value for a
specific STA ("STA <addr>" hostapd control interface command).

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-09 00:30:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
61c101186a Extend VENDOR_ELEM parameters to cover non-P2P Probe Request frame
The new VENDOR_ELEM value 14 can now be used to add a vendor element
into Probe Request frames used by non-P2P active scans.

For example:
VENDOR_ELEM_ADD 14 dd05001122330a
and to clear that:
VENDOR_ELEM_REMOVE 14 *

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-04-09 00:30:49 +03:00
Ilan Peer
6922d440de nl80211: Implement configure_data_frame_filters() callback
Implement configure_data_frame_filters() callback by using
the net-sysfs interfaces (if these are available).

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2016-04-08 15:21:18 +03:00
Matti Gottlieb
e42adb9a75 driver: Add a packet filtering function declaration
Add a new function declaration that will allow wpa_supplicant to request
the driver to configure data frame filters for specific cases.

Add definitions that will allow frame filtering for stations as
required by Hotspot 2.0:

1. Gratuitous ARP
2. Unsolicited NA
3. Unicast IP packets encrypted with GTK

Signed-off-by: Matti Gottlieb <matti.gottlieb@intel.com>
2016-04-08 13:13:55 +03:00
Ayala Beker
ae33239c55 AP: Pass station P2P PS capabilities info during station add/set
If a legacy client with no P2P PS support is trying to connect to
a P2P GO, the driver should know that, and change its PS behavior
accordingly.

Add a parameter to hostapd_sta_add_params() indicating if P2P PS is
supported by the station and pass this parameter to kernel with nl80211
driver when the station is added/set.

Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
2016-04-08 13:02:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
7405bb06ca Sync with mac80211-next.git include/uapi/linux/nl80211.h
This brings in nl80211 definitions as of 2016-04-06.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-04-08 13:02:49 +03:00
Ayala Beker
e52a698907 RADIUS: Fix a possible memory leak on an error path
Fix a possible memory leak in radius_msg_add_mppe_keys() if
os_get_random() fails.

Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
2016-04-08 11:40:20 +03:00
Ayala Beker
f1863f2b82 RADIUS: Fix possible memory leak when parsing per-STA passphrase
Fix a possible memory leak in decode_tunnel_passwords() if an invalid
passphrase is received from the RADIUS server.

Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
2016-04-08 11:19:40 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
3433721c5f P2P: Continue p2p_find after sending non-success Invitation Response
This was previously handled for the case where the non-success
Invitation Response frame was sent out during the Listen phase. However,
in the case the Action frame TX ended up getting scheduled when the
Search phase scan had already started (e.g., due to the driver reporting
Invitation Request RX late enough for the Listen-to-Search transition
having already started), the postponed Action frame TX status processing
did not cover the specific case of non-success Invitation Response. This
could result in the p2p_find operation getting stopped (stuck in SEARCH
state) unexpectedly.

Fix this by calling p2p_check_after_scan_tx_continuation() from
Invitation Response TX callback handler if the invitation was rejected.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-07 21:05:28 +03:00
Manikandan Mohan
85c0f01dd8 Add QCA nl80211 vendor commands for TSF and WISA Feature
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-04-05 19:31:09 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
00e2eb3b7c RSN: Set EAPOL-Key Request Secure bit to 1 if PTK is set
The Secure bit in the Key Information field of EAPOL-Key frames is
supposed to be set to 1 when there is a security association. This was
done for other frames, but not for the EAPOL-Key Request frame where
supplicant is requesting a new PTK to be derived (either due to Michael
MIC failure report Error=1 or for other reasons with Error=0). In
practice, EAPOL-Key Request frame is only sent when there is a PTK in
place, so all such frames should have Secure=1.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-04-05 18:36:28 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
5914ebf584 Remove struct ieee80211_mgmt::u.probe_req
This struct in the union is empty, but the design of using a zero-length
u8 array here is not fully compatible with C++ and can result in
undesired compiler warnings. This struct is not used anymore, so it can
be removed from the struct ieee80211_mgmt definition to complete the
changes started in commit d447cd596f
('Updates for stricter automatic memcpy bounds checking').

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-04-02 16:55:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
094e949265 atheros: Do not use struct ieee80211_mgmt::u.probe_req
This struct in the union is empty, but the design of using a zero-length
u8 array here is not fully compatible with C++ and can result in
undesired compiler warnings. Since there are no non-IE fields in the
Probe Request frames, get the location of the variable length IEs simply
by using the pointer to the frame header and the known header length.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-04-02 16:55:02 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
e1b99620c9 AP: Do not use struct ieee80211_mgmt::u.probe_req
This struct in the union is empty, but the design of using a zero-length
u8 array here is not fully compatible with C++ and can result in
undesired compiler warnings. Since there are no non-IE fields in the
Probe Request frames, get the location of the variable length IEs simply
by using the pointer to the frame header and the known header length.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-04-02 16:55:01 +03:00
Sunil Dutt
f933216141 Revert "Assign QCA vendor command and attribute for Tx/Rx aggregation"
This reverts commit 4ca16b5fd7.
Configuration for this will be done using a previously assigned more
generic command. This new command
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SET_TXRX_AGGREGATION has not been used in any
driver version and won't be used, so the assigned command id can be
freed for future use.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-03-31 16:27:24 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
f73b167c69 tests: Add TEST_FAIL() calls into OpenSSL bignum operations
This makes it easier to test error paths in bignum operations in SAE.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-28 01:10:31 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
bde9a4e3de Comment out UDP/UNIX socket code from common ctrl_iface based on build
These were unreachable cases in the switch statements based on how the
build was configured.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-28 00:17:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
0741c481ee SAE: Check SHA256-PRF operation result
While this is mostly theoretical, check explicitly that SHA256
operations in sha256_prf*() succeed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-27 21:44:49 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
ea86a34667 SAE: Remove dead code in FFC pwd-value derivation
The local bits variable is set to prime_len * 8 and consequently bits %
8 cannot be anything else than 0.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-27 21:28:45 +03:00
Jouni Malinen
87faf1f22c nl80211: Fix libnl-tiny build with CONFIG_LIBNL20=y
libnl-tiny does not use the separate nl-genl library.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-26 12:02:34 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
6d07e76020 wlantest: Use local ETH_P_IP define instead of linux/if_ether.h
There is no strong need for pulling in linux/if_ether.h here since all
that is needed if ETH_P_IP and we already cover multiple other ETH_P_*
values in utils/common.h.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-26 11:35:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
795abc8e0a Drop USE_KERNEL_HEADERS define
This was only used for providing an option to use linux/if_packet.h
instgead of netpacket/packet.h in src/ap/iapp.c. However,
netpacket/packet.h is nowadays commonly available and hostapd already
depends on it through src/l2_packet/l2_packet_linux.c, so there is no
need to continue to provide this option for the kernel header.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-26 11:29:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
9b7cd5788a Use a separate header file for Linux bridge interface definitions
This moves the BRCTL_* defines from vlan_full.c to linux_bridge.h to
clean up header inclusion.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-26 11:27:18 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
c815fab83a Use own header file for defining Linux VLAN kernel interface
This gets rid of need to include linux/if_vlan.h and additional defines
in vlan_ioctl.c to avoid issues with missing definitions in libc
headers.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-26 11:24:38 +02:00
Jörg Krause
81606ab73b vlan: Fix musl libc conflict with Linux kernel headers
Due to both <netinet/in.h> (in "utils/includes.h") and <linux/in6.h> (in
<linux/if_bridge.h>) being included, the in6_addr is being redefined:
once from the C library headers and once from the Linux kernel headers.
This causes some build failures with for example the musl C library:

In file included from /usr/include/linux/if_bridge.h:18,
                 from ../src/ap/vlan_init.c:17:
/usr/include/linux/in6.h:32: error: redefinition of 'struct in6_addr'
/usr/include/linux/in6.h:49: error: redefinition of 'struct sockaddr_in6'
/usr/include/linux/in6.h:59: error: redefinition of 'struct ipv6_mreq'

Mixing C library and Linux kernel headers is a bit problematic [1] and
should be avoided if possible [2]. In order to fix this, define just the
macros needed from <linux/if_bridge.h> as done in Busybox for the brctl
applet [3].

[1] https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=15850
[2] http://www.openwall.com/lists/musl/2015/10/06/1
[3] https://git.busybox.net/busybox/commit/?id=5fa6d1a632505789409a2ba6cf8e112529f9db18

Signed-off-by: Jörg Krause <joerg.krause@embedded.rocks>
2016-03-26 11:02:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
e86859929f vlan: Move if_nametoindex() use out of vlan_init.c
With this, vlan_init.c does not need any special header files anymore
and vlan_ifconfig.c does not need hostapd-specific header files that
might conflict with net/if.h on NetBSD.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-25 18:00:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
7c03c08229 vlan: Move ifconfig helpers to a separate file
This removes final ioctl() use within vlan_init.c.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-25 17:56:07 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
59d6390440 vlan: Move CONFIG_FULL_DYNAMIC_VLAN functionality into a separate file
This cleans up vlan_init.c by removing number of C pre-processor
dependencies.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-25 17:55:40 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
0fe28ddf17 vlan: Remove unnecessary header includes from netlink implementation
The implementation in vlan_util.c does not use many of the header files
that were pulled in.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-25 17:27:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
84d6755108 vlan: Clean up netlink vs. ioctl API implementation
Move the ioctl-based VLAN implementation to a separate file to avoid
need for conditional blocks within vlan_ioctl.c. This removes the
internal CONFIG_VLAN_NETLINK define, i.e., this is now used only in
build configuration (.config) to select whether to include the
vlan_util.c (netlink) or vlan_ioctl.c (ioctl) implementation of the
functions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-25 17:24:20 +02:00
Jörg Krause
cb38bc886e vlan: Fix musl build error
caddr_t is legacy BSD and should be avoided [1]. While glibc may still
use __caddr_t as the type, Linux kernel does not (it is "void __user *
ifru_data").

This fixes compile errors with the musl libc:

../src/ap/vlan_init.c: In function 'br_delif':
../src/ap/vlan_init.c:218:18: error: '__caddr_t' undeclared (first use in this function)
  ifr.ifr_data = (__caddr_t) args;

[1] http://stackoverflow.com/questions/6381526/what-is-the-significance-of-caddr-t-and-when-is-it-used

Signed-off-by: Jörg Krause <joerg.krause@embedded.rocks>
2016-03-25 16:57:05 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
1126c0787d nl80211: Ignore deauth/disassoc event during Connect reassociation
cfg80211 reports a deauth/disassoc event when internally clearing
connection with the previous BSS. Ignore that event to allow the new
connect command to complete.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-03-24 22:35:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
00c3c4ac9b nl80211: Add NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID with Connect command
This makes it easier for drivers that use the Connect command instead of
separate Auth+Assoc commands to determine when to use reassociation
instead of association. Matching changes are still needed in cfg80211 to
allow this parameter to be used, but it is safe for wpa_supplicant to
start including this attribute now since it will be ignored by older
cfg80211 versions.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-03-24 22:35:10 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8854f90bad mesh: Simplify wpa_auth_pmksa_set_to_sm()
pmksa->pmk or pmksa->pmkid cannot be NULL since they are arrays. Remove
the unnecessary NULL checks and use the provided pmksa pointer directly
to simplify the implementation. (CID 138519)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-22 20:38:44 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
32d4fe9549 privsep: Fix a compiler warning on unsigned/signed comparison
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-22 17:41:37 +02:00
Roy Marples
45e3fc72c6 Find correct driver for interface additions/removals
Interface additions/removals are not guaranteed to be for the driver
listening to the kernel events. As such, send the events to
wpa_supplicant_event_global() which can then pick the correct interface
registered with wpa_supplicant to send the event to.

Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2016-03-22 17:41:37 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
90377029c6 wpa_supplicant: Fix CONFIG_IBSS_RSN=y build without CONFIG_AP=y
Commit 1889af2e0f ('VLAN: Separate station
grouping and uplink configuration') added an ap_sta_set_vlan() function
that gets called from pmksa_cache_auth.c. This broke CONFIG_IBSS_RSN=y
build if src/ap/sta_info.c did not get included in the build, i.e., if
CONFIG_AP=y was not set.

Fix this by making the ap_sta_set_vlan() call conditional on
CONFIG_NO_VLAN being undefined and define this for CONFIG_IBSS_RSN=y
builds. This is fine for wpa_supplicant since CONFIG_AP=y case was
already defining this. For hostapd, this function call is not needed for
CONFIG_NO_VLAN case either.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-03-21 21:12:20 +02:00
Masashi Honma
9f2cf23e2e mesh: Add support for PMKSA caching
This patch add functionality of mesh SAE PMKSA caching. If the local STA
already has peer's PMKSA entry in the cache, skip SAE authentication and
start AMPE with the cached value.

If the peer does not support PMKSA caching or does not have the local
STA's PMKSA entry in the cache, AMPE will fail and the PMKSA cache entry
of the peer will be removed. Then STA retries with ordinary SAE
authentication.

If the peer does not support PMKSA caching and the local STA uses
no_auto_peer=1, the local STA can not retry SAE authentication because
NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE event cannot start SAE authentication when
no_auto_peer=1. So this patch extends MESH_PEER_ADD command to use
duration(sec). Throughout the duration, the local STA can start SAE
authentication triggered by NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE even though
no_auto_peer=1.

This commit requires commit 70c93963ed
('SAE: Fix PMKID calculation for PMKSA cache'). Without that commit,
chosen PMK comparison will fail.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2016-03-20 17:56:38 +02:00
Masashi Honma
4c522c7798 PMKSA: Flush AP/mesh PMKSA cache by PMKSA_FLUSH command
This extends the wpa_supplicant PMKSA_FLUSH control interface command to
allow the PMKSA list from the authenticator side to be flushed for AP
and mesh mode. In addition, this adds a hostapd PMKSA_FLUSH control
interface command to flush the PMKSA entries.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2016-03-20 17:37:53 +02:00
Masashi Honma
b8daac18a4 PMKSA: Show AP/mesh PMKSA list in PMKSA command
This extends the wpa_supplicant PMKSA control interface command to allow
the PMKSA list from the authenticator side to be listed for AP and mesh
mode. In addition, this adds a hostapd PMKSA control interface command
to show the same list for the AP case.

Signed-off-by: Masashi Honma <masashi.honma@gmail.com>
2016-03-20 17:37:53 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f7648c8679 P2P: Advertise IP Address Allocation only if it is enabled on GO
This group capability bit was previously added unconditionally which
could result in the P2P Client assuming the functionality is available
even though the GO would always reject the request (not reply to it with
an assigned IP address) during the 4-way handshake.

Fix this by advertising the capability only if the GO configuration
allow IP address assignment to be completed.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-20 17:37:53 +02:00
Roy Marples
7f46ad9ee5 BSD: Only down the interface once we are sure we can work with it
Signed-off-by: Roy Marples <roy@marples.name>
2016-03-20 11:24:30 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
29eddc3d8c nl80211: Fix error path in if_indices_reason reallocation
Commit 732b1d20ec ('nl80211: Clean up
ifidx properly if interface in a bridge is removed') added
drv->if_indices_reason array similarly to the previously used
drv->if_indices. However, it had a copy-paste error here on the error
path where a reallocation failure after at least one successful
reallocation would result in the drv->if_indices being overridden
instead of restoring drv->if_indices_reason to the old value. Fix this
by setting the correct variable on the error path. (CID 138514)

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-03-18 16:25:35 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
ee298f1b1f nl80211: Do not add NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE attribute if HT is disabled
SMPS mode is applicable only for HT and including an attribute to
configure it when HT is disabled could result in the AP start operation
failing. Fix this by adding the attribute only in cases where HT is
enabled.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-03-18 16:16:40 +02:00
Sunil Dutt
4ca16b5fd7 Assign QCA vendor command and attribute for Tx/Rx aggregation
Assign nl80211 vendor command
QCA_NL80211_VENDOR_SUBCMD_SET_TXRX_AGGREGATION and corresponding
attributes.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-03-17 20:53:25 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
64ce5905f8 libxml2: Check for xmlDocDumpFormatMemory() error case
Since this function needs to allocate memory, it might fail. Check that
the returned memory pointer is not NULL before trying to parse the
output.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-03-16 21:49:28 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
8b827c342f BoringSSL: Keep static analyzers happier with X509_get0_pubkey_bitstr()
While this function could return NULL if the parameter issued to it were
NULL, that does not really happen here. Anyway, since this can result in
a warning from a static analyzer that does can see the return NULL
without fully understanding what it means here, check the return value
explicitly against NULL to avoid false warnings.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-03-16 21:34:01 +02:00
Dedy Lansky
f2d6c17aa0 nl80211: Support network hierarchy of a master interface under bridge
Since commit cb05808c46 ('nl80211: Generic
Linux master interface support for hostapd'), hostapd is listening for
EAPOL frames on any master which the interface is enslaved under.

This commit allows hostapd to support network hierarchy in which the
interface is enslaved under some master which in turn is enslaved under
a bridge.

Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <qca_dlansky@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-03-09 21:03:41 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
f85399f396 Reserve QCA vendor specific nl80211 commands 116..118
These are reserved for QCA use.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-03-08 23:08:45 +02:00
Zefir Kurtisi
3bd58861ae hostapd: Handle running out of DFS channels
In scenarios where only DFS channels are available (e.g., outdoor,
special country codes), hostapd must be able to handle situations
where all are unavailable.

The two possibilities to get there are
1) while operating on the last available DFS channel a radar is
   detected
2) hostapd is started while all channels are unavailable

In both cases, hostapd instead of terminating should better
wait for the NOPs to pass and re-try operation after the CAC.

This patch provides that feature by using the condition
(iface->state == HAPD_IFACE_DFS && !iface->cac_started)
as NOP mode signature to retry operation from within
hostapd_dfs_nop_finished().

Signed-off-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
2016-03-08 12:16:37 +02:00
Dedy Lansky
cc1af6faed FST: Fix session setup failure with peer without MB IE
Upon receiving FST setup request on old band, the peer is searched on
new band. The assumption is that MB IE from this peer on new band
previously received either in assoc event or in FST setup request.

There are cases in which above assumption doesn't work, peer is not
found and session setup fails. For example:
- STA connects over 11ac. Due to driver limitation, MB IE is not included
in assoc event
- STA connects over 11ad. MB IE included in assoc event.
- FST session established on 11ac band, with AP as initiator. i.e. FST
setup request sent in AP=>STA direction. STA searches for peer's (AP)
MB IE on 11ad band which exists.
- FST switch occur
- FST session established on 11ad band, with STA as initiator. i.e. FST
setup request sent in STA=>AP direction. AP searches for peer's (STA)
MB IE on 11ac band which are absent.

For fixing the above, consider also peers without MB IE as candidates in
the search algorithm.

Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <qca_dlansky@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-03-07 18:04:47 +02:00
Lior David
e4a1469cec P2P: Adjust service discovery maximum fragment size for 60 GHz
In the 60 GHz band, service discovery management frames are sent over
the control PHY and have a smaller maximum frame size (IEEE Std
802.11ad-2012, 21.4.3.2). Fix the code to use sufficiently small
fragment size when operating in the 60 GHz band.

The 60 GHz fragment size (928) is derived from the maximum frame size
for control PHY (1023) and subtracting 48 bytes of header size, and some
spare so we do not reach frames with the absolute maximum size.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-03-07 13:47:01 +02:00
Eliad Peller
6448e06415 hostapd: Allow use of driver-generated interface addresses
Add a new 'use_driver_iface_addr' configuration parameter to allow use
of the default interface address generated by the driver on interface
creation. This can be useful when specific MAC addresses were allocated
to the device and we want to use them for multi-BSS operation.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2016-03-06 20:00:40 +02:00
Eliad Peller
f2accfe708 AP: Save EAPOL received before Association Response ACK
There is a race condition in which AP might receive the EAPOL-Start
frame (from the just-associated station) before the TX completion of the
Association Response frame. This in turn will cause the EAPOL-Start
frame to get dropped, and potentially failing the connection.

Solve this by saving EAPOL frames from authenticated-but-not-associated
stations, and handling them during the Association Response frame TX
completion processing.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2016-03-06 17:08:12 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
56885eecf4 hostapd: Add UDP support for ctrl_iface
Add UDP support for ctrl_iface:

New config option could be set:
CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE=udp
CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE=udp-remote
CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE=udp6
CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE=udp6-remote

And hostapd_cli usage:
hostapd_cli -i localhost:8877

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2016-03-05 17:44:37 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
acf57fae76 ctrl_iface_common: Use sockaddr_storage instead of sockaddr_un
This is a step towards allowing UDP sockets to be used with the common
implementation.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2016-03-05 17:15:05 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
89b781bc89 hostapd: Use common functions for ctrl_iface
Use the common functions, structures when UNIX socket ctrl_iface used.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2016-03-05 17:15:05 +02:00
Janusz Dziedzic
ca974ae53f Add common ctrl_iface files
This is preparation for sharing a single implementation for ctrl_iface
functionality in wpa_supplicant and hostapd.

Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
2016-03-05 17:15:05 +02:00
Avichal Agarwal
35986959d9 P2P: Update peer WFD IE from PD Response and GO Negotiation Response
Update the peer WFD IE information based on WFD elements received in
Provision Discovery Response and GO Negotiation Response frames.

Signed-off-by: Avichal Agarwal <avichal.a@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyeong-Chae Lim <kcya.lim@samsung.com>
2016-03-05 10:02:59 +02:00
Ilan Peer
12c1fdf19a P2P: Update peer listen channel from Probe Request frames
In case a Probe Request frame is received from a known peer P2P Device,
update the listen channel based on the P2P attributes in the Probe
Request frame. This can be useful for cases where the peer P2P Device
changed its listen channel, and the local P2P device is about to start a
GO Negotiation or invitation signaling with the peer.

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2016-03-03 17:10:26 +02:00
Ayala Beker
7441698fcf nl80211: Abort an ongoing scan upon scan timeout indication
Currently, when scan is stuck in the kernel/driver/fw,
the nl80211 driver tries to recover by faking a SCAN_RESULTS flow.
However, the scan is still stuck in the kernel/driver/fw.

To avoid that stuck request, abort it upon scan timeout.

Signed-off-by: Ayala Beker <ayala.beker@intel.com>
2016-03-03 17:10:26 +02:00
Ilan Peer
b8f02d8baf EAP-PWD peer: Fix possible memory leak on error path
Fix possible memory leak in eap_pwd_perform_commit_exchange().

Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
2016-03-03 16:28:41 +02:00
Eliad Peller
4a6e9e5599 Fix CONFIG_WPA_TRACE=y compilation without CONFIG_WPA_TRACE_BFD=y
syms is defined only for WPA_TRACE_BFD:

../src/utils/trace.c: In function ‘wpa_trace_deinit’:
../src/utils/trace.c:372:7: error: ‘syms’ undeclared (first use in this function)
  free(syms);
       ^
../src/utils/trace.c:372:7: note: each undeclared identifier is reported only once for each function it appears in
make: *** [../src/utils/trace.o] Error 1
make: *** Waiting for unfinished jobs....

Add appropriate #ifdef.

Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
2016-03-03 16:23:23 +02:00
Lior David
c58eed6dc7 P2P: Add Dev Info attribute to Probe Request frames in 60 GHz
When building P2P IE for Probe Request frames in P2P scan, add the
device information attribute if the 60 GHz band is included in the scan,
since this is required by the P2P specification.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-03-03 15:13:56 +02:00
Lior David
2b6e9f91df wpa_supplicant: Expose wpas_get_bands() and related API
Expose the functions wpas_get_bands() and wpas_freq_to_band() and the
enum wpa_radio_work_band, since they will be needed outside
wpa_supplicant.c.

Signed-off-by: Lior David <qca_liord@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-03-03 15:10:50 +02:00
Dedy Lansky
0147afa9df FST: Enlarge State Transition Timeout (STT)
STT guards the exchange of FST Action frames with the peer station.
It was observed that sometimes Action frames sending is delayed at
driver/FW layers for few hundreds millisec.

Enlarge the STT to overcome such cases.

Signed-off-by: Dedy Lansky <qca_dlansky@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-03-03 13:50:03 +02:00
Peng Xu
e1d00d47c7 Add error handling for offloaded ACS with vendor command failures
In case vendor ACS command returns invalid channel or hardware mode,
complete the interface setup with an error code instead of simply
return, so that hostapd can properly clean up the interface setup.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-03-03 12:19:43 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
b9ca12a911 nl80211: Add more address fields into RX frame debug message
This makes it easier to debug issues related to Public Action frame
addressing.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
2016-02-29 21:18:27 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
debde14b5b RADIUS: Add Acct-Delay-Time into accounting messages
This tells to the server how long we have been trying to transmit the
message so that the actual time of the message generation can be
determined from receive time (ignoring network delays and only at
accuracy of one second).

For interim updates, only value 0 is used since there are no
retransmissions of the same message. For other accounting messages, the
initial attempt goes out with value 0 and the retransmissions, if
needed, show the number of seconds the message has been waiting in the
queue.

Update the Identifier and Authenticator in the messages whenever
updating the Acct-Delay-Time per RFC 2866, 4.1 requirements.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-02-29 17:43:13 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
669b5324e1 RADIUS: Update full message for interim accounting updates
Instead of using the RADIUS client retransmission design with the old
RADIUS message contents for each retry, trigger a completely new interim
accounting update instance more quickly (using the same schedule as
RADIUS message retransmissions) to improve accounting updates in cases
where RADIUS message delivery fails. This allows the server to get up to
date information from the time the "retry" message was sent instead of
the old information from the time the first failed attempt was sent.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-02-29 11:52:16 +02:00
Jouni Malinen
902c07a7af Replace hostapd_mac_comp_empty() with is_zero_ether_addr()
There is no need to maintain two implementations of the functionality.
is_zero_ether_addr() is easier to understand, so use it.

Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
2016-02-28 20:11:58 +02:00
Michael Braun
5aef495fda VLAN: Avoid use of libnl cache
Using rtnl_link_alloc_cache() is expensive as it fills in all configured
links. Using rtnl_link_get_kernel() is much more lightweight.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-28 20:05:17 +02:00
Michael Braun
732b1d20ec nl80211: Clean up ifidx properly if interface in a bridge is removed
When an interface is removed while it was in a bridge, the bridge was
not removed from the local ifidx list.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-28 19:42:40 +02:00
Michael Braun
170c545ab4 FT: Check destination MAC address on RRB receive
As the Linux variant of l2_packet_init() does not use its own_addr
argument and l2_packet_receive() does not filter on destination MAC
address, this needs to be checked in the callback.

If there are multiple BSSes listening for FT RRB packets, all their
BSSIDs need to be local to the bridge interface. As l2_packet_init() is
going to receive all of them going for any local address, those RRB
messages started turning up on BSSes that were not destinated for and
cluttering logs.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-28 19:23:17 +02:00
Michael Braun
57b2c9140c RADIUS: Allow RADIUS server to provide PSK instead of passphrase
If the AP is slow, passphrase hashing takes too long to serve the client
before timeout. Extend the Tunnel-Password design to allow a 64
character value to be interpreted as a PSK and send SSID to RADIUS
server. This allows the RADIUS server to either take care of passphrase
hashing or to use raw PSK without such hashing.

This is especially important for FT-PSK with FT-over-air, where hashing
cannot be deferred.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-28 19:06:49 +02:00
Michael Braun
d8912fd80e Cache hashed passphrase in RADIUS-based PSK delivery
Instead of copying the full struct hostapd_sta_wpa_psk_short, share the
existing entry and use reference counting to check when it needs to be
freed. This allows caching of PSKs derived from passphrases to avoid
having to perform the heavy hashing operation multiple times.

Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
2016-02-28 19:06:45 +02:00